nexmon – Blame information for rev 1
?pathlinks?
Rev | Author | Line No. | Line |
---|---|---|---|
1 | office | 1 | #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H |
2 | #define __LINUX_NL80211_H |
||
3 | /* |
||
4 | * 802.11 netlink interface public header |
||
5 | * |
||
6 | * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
||
7 | * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> |
||
8 | * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> |
||
9 | * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch> |
||
10 | * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
||
11 | * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
||
12 | * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com> |
||
13 | * |
||
14 | * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any |
||
15 | * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above |
||
16 | * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. |
||
17 | * |
||
18 | * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES |
||
19 | * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF |
||
20 | * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR |
||
21 | * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES |
||
22 | * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN |
||
23 | * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF |
||
24 | * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
||
25 | * |
||
26 | */ |
||
27 | |||
28 | /* |
||
29 | * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please |
||
30 | * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so |
||
31 | * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. |
||
32 | * |
||
33 | * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in |
||
34 | * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there |
||
35 | * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are |
||
36 | * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API |
||
37 | * can actually be identified and removed. |
||
38 | * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. |
||
39 | */ |
||
40 | |||
41 | #include <linux/types.h> |
||
42 | |||
43 | #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" |
||
44 | |||
45 | #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" |
||
46 | #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" |
||
47 | #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" |
||
48 | #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" |
||
49 | #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" |
||
50 | #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" |
||
51 | |||
52 | /** |
||
53 | * DOC: Station handling |
||
54 | * |
||
55 | * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN |
||
56 | * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved |
||
57 | * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN). |
||
58 | * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added |
||
59 | * to. |
||
60 | * |
||
61 | * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's |
||
62 | * capabilities. |
||
63 | * |
||
64 | * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS |
||
65 | * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: |
||
66 | * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate |
||
67 | * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions |
||
68 | * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid |
||
69 | * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same |
||
70 | * time mark it authorized. |
||
71 | * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used |
||
72 | * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down |
||
73 | * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) |
||
74 | * |
||
75 | * TODO: need more info for other interface types |
||
76 | */ |
||
77 | |||
78 | /** |
||
79 | * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support |
||
80 | * |
||
81 | * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace |
||
82 | * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames |
||
83 | * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, |
||
84 | * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel |
||
85 | * for various reasons. |
||
86 | * |
||
87 | * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations |
||
88 | * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to |
||
89 | * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a |
||
90 | * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those |
||
91 | * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the |
||
92 | * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility |
||
93 | * for doing that. |
||
94 | * |
||
95 | * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the |
||
96 | * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy |
||
97 | * attributes so applications know what to expect. |
||
98 | * |
||
99 | * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, |
||
100 | * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is |
||
101 | * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can |
||
102 | * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but |
||
103 | * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they |
||
104 | * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. |
||
105 | * |
||
106 | * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required |
||
107 | * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, |
||
108 | * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its |
||
109 | * status is indicated to the sending socket. |
||
110 | * |
||
111 | * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions |
||
112 | * below. |
||
113 | */ |
||
114 | |||
115 | /** |
||
116 | * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities |
||
117 | * |
||
118 | * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have |
||
119 | * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this |
||
120 | * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions |
||
121 | * on the types of concurrency that are supported. |
||
122 | * |
||
123 | * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in |
||
124 | * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the |
||
125 | * types there no concurrency is implied. |
||
126 | * |
||
127 | * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: |
||
128 | * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in |
||
129 | * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's |
||
130 | * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and |
||
131 | * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN |
||
132 | * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list |
||
133 | * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. |
||
134 | * |
||
135 | * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is |
||
136 | * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, |
||
137 | * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the |
||
138 | * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of |
||
139 | * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions |
||
140 | * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported |
||
141 | * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially |
||
142 | * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. |
||
143 | * |
||
144 | * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual |
||
145 | * interfaces that a given device supports. |
||
146 | */ |
||
147 | |||
148 | /** |
||
149 | * DOC: packet coalesce support |
||
150 | * |
||
151 | * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast |
||
152 | * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the |
||
153 | * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing |
||
154 | * and power consumption. |
||
155 | * |
||
156 | * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts |
||
157 | * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some |
||
158 | * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the |
||
159 | * following events occur. |
||
160 | * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum |
||
161 | * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. |
||
162 | * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit. |
||
163 | * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. |
||
164 | * |
||
165 | * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce |
||
166 | * rule. |
||
167 | * a) Maximum coalescing delay |
||
168 | * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched |
||
169 | * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match' |
||
170 | * Multiple such rules can be created. |
||
171 | */ |
||
172 | |||
173 | /** |
||
174 | * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands |
||
175 | * |
||
176 | * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors |
||
177 | * |
||
178 | * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request |
||
179 | * to get a list of all present wiphys. |
||
180 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or |
||
181 | * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, |
||
182 | * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the |
||
183 | * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting |
||
184 | * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, |
||
185 | * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, |
||
186 | * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. |
||
187 | * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL |
||
188 | * instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only. |
||
189 | * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request |
||
190 | * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and |
||
191 | * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. |
||
192 | * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes |
||
193 | * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. |
||
194 | * |
||
195 | * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; |
||
196 | * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a |
||
197 | * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. |
||
198 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires |
||
199 | * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. |
||
200 | * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response |
||
201 | * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, |
||
202 | * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also |
||
203 | * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface, |
||
204 | * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and |
||
205 | * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME. |
||
206 | * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes |
||
207 | * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from |
||
208 | * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires |
||
209 | * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. |
||
210 | * |
||
211 | * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified |
||
212 | * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. |
||
213 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, |
||
214 | * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. |
||
215 | * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, |
||
216 | * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, |
||
217 | * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. |
||
218 | * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX |
||
219 | * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. |
||
220 | * |
||
221 | * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) |
||
222 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface |
||
223 | * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL |
||
224 | * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses |
||
225 | * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, |
||
226 | * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. |
||
227 | * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters |
||
228 | * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that |
||
229 | * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, |
||
230 | * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, |
||
231 | * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE, |
||
232 | * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, |
||
233 | * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, |
||
234 | * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, |
||
235 | * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. |
||
236 | * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the |
||
237 | * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width. |
||
238 | * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP |
||
239 | * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface |
||
240 | * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP |
||
241 | * |
||
242 | * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by |
||
243 | * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. |
||
244 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by |
||
245 | * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. |
||
246 | * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the |
||
247 | * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. |
||
248 | * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC |
||
249 | * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified |
||
250 | * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and |
||
251 | * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type |
||
252 | * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station |
||
253 | * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that |
||
254 | * frame). |
||
255 | * |
||
256 | * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to |
||
257 | * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by |
||
258 | * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. |
||
259 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to |
||
260 | * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by |
||
261 | * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. |
||
262 | * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by |
||
263 | * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. |
||
264 | * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by |
||
265 | * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. |
||
266 | * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the |
||
267 | * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. |
||
268 | * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC |
||
269 | * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified |
||
270 | * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. |
||
271 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by |
||
272 | * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. |
||
273 | * |
||
274 | * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set |
||
275 | * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device |
||
276 | * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the |
||
277 | * global regdomain will be returned. |
||
278 | * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the |
||
279 | * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel |
||
280 | * information will still be mended according to further hints from |
||
281 | * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API |
||
282 | * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as |
||
283 | * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). |
||
284 | * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then |
||
285 | * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory |
||
286 | * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. |
||
287 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command |
||
288 | * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory |
||
289 | * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our |
||
290 | * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides |
||
291 | * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each |
||
292 | * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by |
||
293 | * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and |
||
294 | * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by |
||
295 | * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and |
||
296 | * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. |
||
297 | * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain |
||
298 | * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will |
||
299 | * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. |
||
300 | * |
||
301 | * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the |
||
302 | * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX |
||
303 | * |
||
304 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the |
||
305 | * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX |
||
306 | * |
||
307 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The |
||
308 | * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management |
||
309 | * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be |
||
310 | * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with |
||
311 | * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be |
||
312 | * added to all specified management frames generated by |
||
313 | * kernel/firmware/driver. |
||
314 | * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this |
||
315 | * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this |
||
316 | * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the |
||
317 | * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, |
||
318 | * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, |
||
319 | * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. |
||
320 | * |
||
321 | * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results |
||
322 | * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters |
||
323 | * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the |
||
324 | * probe requests at CCK rate or not. |
||
325 | * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to |
||
326 | * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) |
||
327 | * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, |
||
328 | * partial scan results may be available |
||
329 | * |
||
330 | * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain |
||
331 | * intervals, as specified by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL. |
||
332 | * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) |
||
333 | * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For |
||
334 | * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty |
||
335 | * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and |
||
336 | * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, |
||
337 | * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not |
||
338 | * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain |
||
339 | * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by |
||
340 | * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the |
||
341 | * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY |
||
342 | * is supplied. |
||
343 | * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if |
||
344 | * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon |
||
345 | * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. |
||
346 | * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan |
||
347 | * results available. |
||
348 | * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has |
||
349 | * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a |
||
350 | * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware |
||
351 | * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running |
||
352 | * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the |
||
353 | * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface |
||
354 | * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. |
||
355 | * |
||
356 | * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation |
||
357 | * or noise level |
||
358 | * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to |
||
359 | * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) |
||
360 | * |
||
361 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC |
||
362 | * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. |
||
363 | * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC |
||
364 | * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. |
||
365 | * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. |
||
366 | * |
||
367 | * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain |
||
368 | * has been changed and provides details of the request information |
||
369 | * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request |
||
370 | * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx |
||
371 | * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if |
||
372 | * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or |
||
373 | * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain |
||
374 | * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is |
||
375 | * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on |
||
376 | * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). |
||
377 | * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon |
||
378 | * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or |
||
379 | * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel |
||
380 | * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example |
||
381 | * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your |
||
382 | * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while |
||
383 | * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not |
||
384 | * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP |
||
385 | * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will |
||
386 | * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always |
||
387 | * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had |
||
388 | * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to |
||
389 | * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from |
||
390 | * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred |
||
391 | * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) |
||
392 | * the beacon hint was processed. |
||
393 | * |
||
394 | * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. |
||
395 | * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and |
||
396 | * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the |
||
397 | * authentication process. |
||
398 | * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the |
||
399 | * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and |
||
400 | * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify |
||
401 | * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication |
||
402 | * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used |
||
403 | * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE |
||
404 | * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to |
||
405 | * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) |
||
406 | * to be added to the frame. |
||
407 | * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication |
||
408 | * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the |
||
409 | * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct |
||
410 | * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the |
||
411 | * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The |
||
412 | * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame |
||
413 | * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is |
||
414 | * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that |
||
415 | * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a |
||
416 | * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which |
||
417 | * pending authentication timed out). |
||
418 | * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like |
||
419 | * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation |
||
420 | * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, |
||
421 | * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). |
||
422 | * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like |
||
423 | * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to |
||
424 | * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication |
||
425 | * primitives). |
||
426 | * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like |
||
427 | * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to |
||
428 | * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). |
||
429 | * |
||
430 | * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael |
||
431 | * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the |
||
432 | * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of |
||
433 | * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key |
||
434 | * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and |
||
435 | * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this |
||
436 | * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive |
||
437 | * |
||
438 | * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a |
||
439 | * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) |
||
440 | * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those |
||
441 | * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be |
||
442 | * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ |
||
443 | * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, |
||
444 | * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not |
||
445 | * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). |
||
446 | * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is |
||
447 | * determined by the network interface. |
||
448 | * |
||
449 | * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute |
||
450 | * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through |
||
451 | * to the driver. |
||
452 | * |
||
453 | * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command |
||
454 | * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating |
||
455 | * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a |
||
456 | * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association |
||
457 | * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, |
||
458 | * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, |
||
459 | * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, |
||
460 | * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and |
||
461 | * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. |
||
462 | * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are |
||
463 | * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming |
||
464 | * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT |
||
465 | * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while |
||
466 | * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to |
||
467 | * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one |
||
468 | * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing |
||
469 | * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict |
||
470 | * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). |
||
471 | * Background scan period can optionally be |
||
472 | * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, |
||
473 | * if not specified default background scan configuration |
||
474 | * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. |
||
475 | * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. |
||
476 | * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the |
||
477 | * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be |
||
478 | * determined by the STATUS_CODE attribute. |
||
479 | * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: request that the card roam (currently not implemented), |
||
480 | * sent as an event when the card/driver roamed by itself. |
||
481 | * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify |
||
482 | * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other |
||
483 | * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and |
||
484 | * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used. |
||
485 | * |
||
486 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices |
||
487 | * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. |
||
488 | * |
||
489 | * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified |
||
490 | * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do |
||
491 | * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for |
||
492 | * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. |
||
493 | * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus |
||
494 | * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the |
||
495 | * frequency for the operation. |
||
496 | * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds |
||
497 | * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to |
||
498 | * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the |
||
499 | * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the |
||
500 | * radio). |
||
501 | * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) |
||
502 | * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; |
||
503 | * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. |
||
504 | * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a |
||
505 | * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been |
||
506 | * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. |
||
507 | * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the |
||
508 | * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to |
||
509 | * uniquely identify the request. |
||
510 | * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested |
||
511 | * remain-on-channel duration has expired. |
||
512 | * |
||
513 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX |
||
514 | * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface |
||
515 | * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. |
||
516 | * |
||
517 | * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames |
||
518 | * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command |
||
519 | * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for |
||
520 | * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) |
||
521 | * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame |
||
522 | * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or |
||
523 | * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration |
||
524 | * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink |
||
525 | * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. |
||
526 | * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for |
||
527 | * backward compatibility |
||
528 | * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This |
||
529 | * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and |
||
530 | * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in |
||
531 | * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a |
||
532 | * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the |
||
533 | * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used |
||
534 | * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was |
||
535 | * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel |
||
536 | * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel |
||
537 | * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time |
||
538 | * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation |
||
539 | * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the |
||
540 | * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. |
||
541 | * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the |
||
542 | * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. |
||
543 | * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA |
||
544 | * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute |
||
545 | * is used during CSA period. |
||
546 | * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this |
||
547 | * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait |
||
548 | * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. |
||
549 | * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. |
||
550 | * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame |
||
551 | * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies |
||
552 | * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the |
||
553 | * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged |
||
554 | * the frame. |
||
555 | * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for |
||
556 | * backward compatibility. |
||
557 | * |
||
558 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE |
||
559 | * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE |
||
560 | * |
||
561 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command |
||
562 | * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger |
||
563 | * levels. |
||
564 | * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This |
||
565 | * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was |
||
566 | * reached. |
||
567 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ |
||
568 | * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface |
||
569 | * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. |
||
570 | * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism |
||
571 | * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. |
||
572 | * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while |
||
573 | * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation |
||
574 | * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take |
||
575 | * precedence when they are used. |
||
576 | * |
||
577 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface. |
||
578 | * |
||
579 | * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial |
||
580 | * mesh config parameters may be given. |
||
581 | * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the |
||
582 | * network is determined by the network interface. |
||
583 | * |
||
584 | * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame |
||
585 | * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected |
||
586 | * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. |
||
587 | * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame |
||
588 | * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected |
||
589 | * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. |
||
590 | * |
||
591 | * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a |
||
592 | * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only |
||
593 | * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer |
||
594 | * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, |
||
595 | * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or |
||
596 | * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this |
||
597 | * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station |
||
598 | * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from |
||
599 | * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the |
||
600 | * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later |
||
601 | * depending on the authentication result. |
||
602 | * |
||
603 | * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. |
||
604 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. |
||
605 | * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports |
||
606 | * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this |
||
607 | * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For |
||
608 | * more background information, see |
||
609 | * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. |
||
610 | * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification |
||
611 | * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the |
||
612 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason |
||
613 | * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present |
||
614 | * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the |
||
615 | * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. |
||
616 | * |
||
617 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver |
||
618 | * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This |
||
619 | * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data |
||
620 | * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and |
||
621 | * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, |
||
622 | * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to |
||
623 | * inform userspace of the new replay counter. |
||
624 | * |
||
625 | * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace |
||
626 | * of PMKSA caching dandidates. |
||
627 | * |
||
628 | * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). |
||
629 | * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take |
||
630 | * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). |
||
631 | * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested |
||
632 | * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and |
||
633 | * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with |
||
634 | * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). |
||
635 | * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The |
||
636 | * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be |
||
637 | * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as |
||
638 | * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 |
||
639 | * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently |
||
640 | * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES |
||
641 | * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in |
||
642 | * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. |
||
643 | * |
||
644 | * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP |
||
645 | * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to |
||
646 | * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 |
||
647 | * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame |
||
648 | * is received. |
||
649 | * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and |
||
650 | * other attributes like the interface index are present. |
||
651 | * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can |
||
652 | * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription |
||
653 | * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. |
||
654 | * |
||
655 | * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the |
||
656 | * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame |
||
657 | * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly |
||
658 | * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. |
||
659 | * |
||
660 | * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface |
||
661 | * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is |
||
662 | * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses |
||
663 | * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a |
||
664 | * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match |
||
665 | * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and |
||
666 | * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed. |
||
667 | * |
||
668 | * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from |
||
669 | * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement |
||
670 | * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME |
||
671 | * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. |
||
672 | * |
||
673 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether |
||
674 | * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied. |
||
675 | * |
||
676 | * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels |
||
677 | * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating |
||
678 | * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the |
||
679 | * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be |
||
680 | * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA |
||
681 | * from the remote AP) is completed; |
||
682 | * |
||
683 | * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch |
||
684 | * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator |
||
685 | * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or |
||
686 | * initiated on our own). It indicates that |
||
687 | * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ |
||
688 | * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may |
||
689 | * decide to react to this indication by requesting other |
||
690 | * interfaces to change channel as well. |
||
691 | * |
||
692 | * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by |
||
693 | * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with |
||
694 | * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the |
||
695 | * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and |
||
696 | * public action frame TX. |
||
697 | * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by |
||
698 | * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. |
||
699 | * |
||
700 | * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to |
||
701 | * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a |
||
702 | * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON |
||
703 | * is used for this. |
||
704 | * |
||
705 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames |
||
706 | * for IBSS or MESH vif. |
||
707 | * |
||
708 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. |
||
709 | * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC |
||
710 | * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in |
||
711 | * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in |
||
712 | * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it |
||
713 | * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver |
||
714 | * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This |
||
715 | * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its |
||
716 | * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. |
||
717 | * |
||
718 | * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once |
||
719 | * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished |
||
720 | * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with |
||
721 | * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars |
||
722 | * while operating on this channel. |
||
723 | * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the |
||
724 | * event. |
||
725 | * |
||
726 | * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, |
||
727 | * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. |
||
728 | * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. |
||
729 | * |
||
730 | * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition |
||
731 | * Information Element to the WLAN driver |
||
732 | * |
||
733 | * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver |
||
734 | * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along |
||
735 | * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report |
||
736 | * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). |
||
737 | * |
||
738 | * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running |
||
739 | * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to |
||
740 | * complete. |
||
741 | * |
||
742 | * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can |
||
743 | * return back to normal. |
||
744 | * |
||
745 | * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. |
||
746 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. |
||
747 | * |
||
748 | * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the |
||
749 | * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) |
||
750 | * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the |
||
751 | * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the |
||
752 | * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using |
||
753 | * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel |
||
754 | * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform |
||
755 | * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel |
||
756 | * switch is complete. |
||
757 | * |
||
758 | * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified |
||
759 | * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in |
||
760 | * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in |
||
761 | * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. |
||
762 | * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is |
||
763 | * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions |
||
764 | * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. |
||
765 | * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. |
||
766 | * |
||
767 | * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. |
||
768 | * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If |
||
769 | * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this |
||
770 | * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an |
||
771 | * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. |
||
772 | * |
||
773 | * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given |
||
774 | * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO |
||
775 | * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. |
||
776 | * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by |
||
777 | * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets |
||
778 | * up the TX TS in the driver/device. |
||
779 | * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks |
||
780 | * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to |
||
781 | * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would |
||
782 | * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still |
||
783 | * fail even if the check was successful. |
||
784 | * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID |
||
785 | * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this |
||
786 | * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating |
||
787 | * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. |
||
788 | * |
||
789 | * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to |
||
790 | * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by |
||
791 | * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. |
||
792 | * |
||
793 | * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and |
||
794 | * bandwidth of a channel must be given. |
||
795 | * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the |
||
796 | * network is determined by the network interface. |
||
797 | * |
||
798 | * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, |
||
799 | * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is |
||
800 | * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining |
||
801 | * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via |
||
802 | * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. |
||
803 | * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching |
||
804 | * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the |
||
805 | * AP. |
||
806 | * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS |
||
807 | * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel |
||
808 | * when this command completes. |
||
809 | * |
||
810 | * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used |
||
811 | * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom |
||
812 | * management. |
||
813 | * |
||
814 | * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number |
||
815 | * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
||
816 | */ |
||
817 | enum nl80211_commands { |
||
818 | /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ |
||
819 | NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, |
||
820 | |||
821 | NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ |
||
822 | NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, |
||
823 | NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY, |
||
824 | NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY, |
||
825 | |||
826 | NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */ |
||
827 | NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE, |
||
828 | NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE, |
||
829 | NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE, |
||
830 | |||
831 | NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY, |
||
832 | NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY, |
||
833 | NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, |
||
834 | NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY, |
||
835 | |||
836 | NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, |
||
837 | NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, |
||
838 | NL80211_CMD_START_AP, |
||
839 | NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, |
||
840 | NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, |
||
841 | NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, |
||
842 | |||
843 | NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, |
||
844 | NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, |
||
845 | NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, |
||
846 | NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION, |
||
847 | |||
848 | NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, |
||
849 | NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH, |
||
850 | NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH, |
||
851 | NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH, |
||
852 | |||
853 | NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, |
||
854 | |||
855 | NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, |
||
856 | NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, |
||
857 | |||
858 | NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, |
||
859 | NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, |
||
860 | |||
861 | NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, |
||
862 | |||
863 | NL80211_CMD_GET_REG, |
||
864 | |||
865 | NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, |
||
866 | NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, |
||
867 | NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS, |
||
868 | NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED, |
||
869 | |||
870 | NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, |
||
871 | |||
872 | NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, |
||
873 | NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, |
||
874 | NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, |
||
875 | NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, |
||
876 | |||
877 | NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, |
||
878 | |||
879 | NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, |
||
880 | |||
881 | NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, |
||
882 | NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, |
||
883 | |||
884 | NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, |
||
885 | |||
886 | NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, |
||
887 | NL80211_CMD_ROAM, |
||
888 | NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT, |
||
889 | |||
890 | NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS, |
||
891 | |||
892 | NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, |
||
893 | NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, |
||
894 | |||
895 | NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, |
||
896 | NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, |
||
897 | NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, |
||
898 | |||
899 | NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, |
||
900 | NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, |
||
901 | |||
902 | NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, |
||
903 | |||
904 | NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, |
||
905 | NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, |
||
906 | NL80211_CMD_FRAME, |
||
907 | NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, |
||
908 | NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, |
||
909 | NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, |
||
910 | |||
911 | NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, |
||
912 | NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, |
||
913 | |||
914 | NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, |
||
915 | NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, |
||
916 | |||
917 | NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, |
||
918 | NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, |
||
919 | |||
920 | NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, |
||
921 | |||
922 | NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, |
||
923 | NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, |
||
924 | |||
925 | NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, |
||
926 | NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, |
||
927 | |||
928 | NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, |
||
929 | |||
930 | NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, |
||
931 | NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, |
||
932 | |||
933 | NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, |
||
934 | NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, |
||
935 | NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, |
||
936 | NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, |
||
937 | |||
938 | NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, |
||
939 | |||
940 | NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, |
||
941 | |||
942 | NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, |
||
943 | NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, |
||
944 | |||
945 | NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, |
||
946 | |||
947 | NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT, |
||
948 | |||
949 | NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, |
||
950 | |||
951 | NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, |
||
952 | |||
953 | NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, |
||
954 | |||
955 | NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, |
||
956 | |||
957 | NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, |
||
958 | NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, |
||
959 | |||
960 | NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, |
||
961 | |||
962 | NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, |
||
963 | |||
964 | NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, |
||
965 | |||
966 | NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, |
||
967 | |||
968 | NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, |
||
969 | |||
970 | NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, |
||
971 | NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, |
||
972 | |||
973 | NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, |
||
974 | NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, |
||
975 | |||
976 | NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, |
||
977 | NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, |
||
978 | |||
979 | NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, |
||
980 | |||
981 | NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, |
||
982 | |||
983 | NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, |
||
984 | |||
985 | NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, |
||
986 | NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, |
||
987 | |||
988 | NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, |
||
989 | |||
990 | NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, |
||
991 | NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, |
||
992 | |||
993 | NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, |
||
994 | |||
995 | NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, |
||
996 | NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, |
||
997 | |||
998 | NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, |
||
999 | |||
1000 | /* add new commands above here */ |
||
1001 | |||
1002 | /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ |
||
1003 | __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST, |
||
1004 | NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
||
1005 | }; |
||
1006 | |||
1007 | /* |
||
1008 | * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them |
||
1009 | * here |
||
1010 | */ |
||
1011 | #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS |
||
1012 | #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE |
||
1013 | #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE |
||
1014 | #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE |
||
1015 | #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE |
||
1016 | #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE |
||
1017 | #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE |
||
1018 | #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT |
||
1019 | |||
1020 | #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS |
||
1021 | |||
1022 | /* source-level API compatibility */ |
||
1023 | #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG |
||
1024 | #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG |
||
1025 | #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE |
||
1026 | |||
1027 | /** |
||
1028 | * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes |
||
1029 | * |
||
1030 | * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors |
||
1031 | * |
||
1032 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf. |
||
1033 | * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index |
||
1034 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) |
||
1035 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters |
||
1036 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, |
||
1037 | * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) |
||
1038 | * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes |
||
1039 | * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 |
||
1040 | * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 |
||
1041 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values |
||
1042 | * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the |
||
1043 | * documentation of the enum for more information. |
||
1044 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the |
||
1045 | * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth |
||
1046 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the |
||
1047 | * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth |
||
1048 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ |
||
1049 | * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): |
||
1050 | * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including |
||
1051 | * this attribute) |
||
1052 | * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only |
||
1053 | * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel |
||
1054 | * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel |
||
1055 | * This attribute is now deprecated. |
||
1056 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is |
||
1057 | * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; |
||
1058 | * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 |
||
1059 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is |
||
1060 | * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; |
||
1061 | * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 |
||
1062 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum |
||
1063 | * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable |
||
1064 | * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 |
||
1065 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length |
||
1066 | * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: |
||
1067 | * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 |
||
1068 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 |
||
1069 | * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 |
||
1070 | * |
||
1071 | * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on |
||
1072 | * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name |
||
1073 | * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype |
||
1074 | * |
||
1075 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices |
||
1076 | * that don't have a netdev (u64) |
||
1077 | * |
||
1078 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) |
||
1079 | * |
||
1080 | * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of |
||
1081 | * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC |
||
1082 | * keys |
||
1083 | * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) |
||
1084 | * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 |
||
1085 | * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) |
||
1086 | * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and |
||
1087 | * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian |
||
1088 | * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key |
||
1089 | * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the |
||
1090 | * default management key |
||
1091 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or |
||
1092 | * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used |
||
1093 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or |
||
1094 | * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used |
||
1095 | * |
||
1096 | * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU |
||
1097 | * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing |
||
1098 | * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE |
||
1099 | * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE |
||
1100 | * |
||
1101 | * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) |
||
1102 | * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of |
||
1103 | * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) |
||
1104 | * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by |
||
1105 | * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). |
||
1106 | * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported |
||
1107 | * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length |
||
1108 | * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). |
||
1109 | * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station |
||
1110 | * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to. |
||
1111 | * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info |
||
1112 | * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing |
||
1113 | * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. |
||
1114 | * |
||
1115 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands, |
||
1116 | * consisting of a nested array. |
||
1117 | * |
||
1118 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). |
||
1119 | * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link |
||
1120 | * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). |
||
1121 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. |
||
1122 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path |
||
1123 | * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at |
||
1124 | * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. |
||
1125 | * |
||
1126 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of |
||
1127 | * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. |
||
1128 | * |
||
1129 | * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the |
||
1130 | * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. |
||
1131 | * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel |
||
1132 | * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can |
||
1133 | * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set |
||
1134 | * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the |
||
1135 | * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. |
||
1136 | * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain |
||
1137 | * to a specific alpha2. |
||
1138 | * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory |
||
1139 | * rules. |
||
1140 | * |
||
1141 | * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1) |
||
1142 | * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled |
||
1143 | * (u8, 0 or 1) |
||
1144 | * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled |
||
1145 | * (u8, 0 or 1) |
||
1146 | * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic |
||
1147 | * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length |
||
1148 | * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). |
||
1149 | * |
||
1150 | * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from |
||
1151 | * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) |
||
1152 | * |
||
1153 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all |
||
1154 | * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number |
||
1155 | * of the interface mode. |
||
1156 | * |
||
1157 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for |
||
1158 | * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE. |
||
1159 | * |
||
1160 | * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with |
||
1161 | * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE). |
||
1162 | * |
||
1163 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with |
||
1164 | * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. |
||
1165 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can |
||
1166 | * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. |
||
1167 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements |
||
1168 | * that can be added to a scan request |
||
1169 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information |
||
1170 | * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request |
||
1171 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be |
||
1172 | * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. |
||
1173 | * |
||
1174 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) |
||
1175 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive |
||
1176 | * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan |
||
1177 | * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS |
||
1178 | * |
||
1179 | * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain |
||
1180 | * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* |
||
1181 | * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently |
||
1182 | * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) |
||
1183 | * |
||
1184 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies |
||
1185 | * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) |
||
1186 | * that the driver for the given wiphy supports. |
||
1187 | * |
||
1188 | * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header |
||
1189 | * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and |
||
1190 | * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events |
||
1191 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets) |
||
1192 | * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type, |
||
1193 | * represented as a u32 |
||
1194 | * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and |
||
1195 | * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 |
||
1196 | * |
||
1197 | * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as |
||
1198 | * a u32 |
||
1199 | * |
||
1200 | * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change |
||
1201 | * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects |
||
1202 | * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This |
||
1203 | * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing |
||
1204 | * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* |
||
1205 | * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change |
||
1206 | * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects |
||
1207 | * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This |
||
1208 | * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing |
||
1209 | * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* |
||
1210 | * |
||
1211 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported |
||
1212 | * cipher suites |
||
1213 | * |
||
1214 | * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look |
||
1215 | * for other networks on different channels |
||
1216 | * |
||
1217 | * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this |
||
1218 | * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event |
||
1219 | * |
||
1220 | * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is |
||
1221 | * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); |
||
1222 | * this attribute can be used |
||
1223 | * with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests |
||
1224 | * |
||
1225 | * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a |
||
1226 | * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. |
||
1227 | * |
||
1228 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls |
||
1229 | * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in |
||
1230 | * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE |
||
1231 | * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until |
||
1232 | * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by |
||
1233 | * default in station mode. |
||
1234 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the |
||
1235 | * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be |
||
1236 | * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not |
||
1237 | * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This |
||
1238 | * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to |
||
1239 | * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. |
||
1240 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with |
||
1241 | * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom |
||
1242 | * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. |
||
1243 | * |
||
1244 | * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. |
||
1245 | * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. |
||
1246 | * |
||
1247 | * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT |
||
1248 | * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to |
||
1249 | * a local disconnect request. |
||
1250 | * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT |
||
1251 | * event (u16) |
||
1252 | * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating |
||
1253 | * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to |
||
1254 | * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. |
||
1255 | * |
||
1256 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON |
||
1257 | * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection |
||
1258 | * (an array of u32). |
||
1259 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to |
||
1260 | * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a |
||
1261 | * u32). |
||
1262 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to |
||
1263 | * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using |
||
1264 | * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). |
||
1265 | * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to |
||
1266 | * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). |
||
1267 | * |
||
1268 | * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as |
||
1269 | * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. |
||
1270 | * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as |
||
1271 | * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. |
||
1272 | * |
||
1273 | * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used by in ASSOCIATE |
||
1274 | * commands to specify using a reassociate frame |
||
1275 | * |
||
1276 | * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with |
||
1277 | * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes |
||
1278 | * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect() |
||
1279 | * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each |
||
1280 | * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes |
||
1281 | * |
||
1282 | * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace. |
||
1283 | * |
||
1284 | * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for |
||
1285 | * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being |
||
1286 | * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has |
||
1287 | * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that |
||
1288 | * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it |
||
1289 | * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated |
||
1290 | * completely from scratch. |
||
1291 | * |
||
1292 | * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface |
||
1293 | * |
||
1294 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of |
||
1295 | * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute |
||
1296 | * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. |
||
1297 | * |
||
1298 | * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. |
||
1299 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can |
||
1300 | * cache, a wiphy attribute. |
||
1301 | * |
||
1302 | * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. |
||
1303 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that |
||
1304 | * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the |
||
1305 | * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. |
||
1306 | * |
||
1307 | * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. |
||
1308 | * |
||
1309 | * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes |
||
1310 | * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The |
||
1311 | * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested |
||
1312 | * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all |
||
1313 | * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute |
||
1314 | * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK. |
||
1315 | * |
||
1316 | * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain |
||
1317 | * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. |
||
1318 | * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the |
||
1319 | * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. |
||
1320 | * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a |
||
1321 | * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing |
||
1322 | * information about which frame types can be transmitted with |
||
1323 | * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. |
||
1324 | * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a |
||
1325 | * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing |
||
1326 | * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. |
||
1327 | * |
||
1328 | * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was |
||
1329 | * acknowledged by the recipient. |
||
1330 | * |
||
1331 | * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. |
||
1332 | * |
||
1333 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a |
||
1334 | * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. |
||
1335 | * |
||
1336 | * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command |
||
1337 | * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without |
||
1338 | * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with |
||
1339 | * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, |
||
1340 | * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. |
||
1341 | * |
||
1342 | * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations |
||
1343 | * connected to this BSS. |
||
1344 | * |
||
1345 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See |
||
1346 | * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. |
||
1347 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. |
||
1348 | * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING |
||
1349 | * for non-automatic settings. |
||
1350 | * |
||
1351 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly |
||
1352 | * means support for per-station GTKs. |
||
1353 | * |
||
1354 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. |
||
1355 | * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should |
||
1356 | * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this |
||
1357 | * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. |
||
1358 | * |
||
1359 | * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first |
||
1360 | * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n |
||
1361 | * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to |
||
1362 | * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if |
||
1363 | * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not. |
||
1364 | * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be |
||
1365 | * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. |
||
1366 | * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not. |
||
1367 | * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot |
||
1368 | * support by returning -EINVAL. |
||
1369 | * |
||
1370 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. |
||
1371 | * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should |
||
1372 | * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap |
||
1373 | * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. |
||
1374 | * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. |
||
1375 | * |
||
1376 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available |
||
1377 | * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. |
||
1378 | * |
||
1379 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available |
||
1380 | * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. |
||
1381 | * |
||
1382 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS |
||
1383 | * |
||
1384 | * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be |
||
1385 | * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match |
||
1386 | * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this |
||
1387 | * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an |
||
1388 | * nl80211 capability flag. |
||
1389 | * |
||
1390 | * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) |
||
1391 | * |
||
1392 | * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags |
||
1393 | * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. |
||
1394 | * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. |
||
1395 | * |
||
1396 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be |
||
1397 | * changed once the mesh is active. |
||
1398 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute |
||
1399 | * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. |
||
1400 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver |
||
1401 | * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via |
||
1402 | * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. |
||
1403 | * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in |
||
1404 | * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link |
||
1405 | * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or |
||
1406 | * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. |
||
1407 | * |
||
1408 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy |
||
1409 | * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers |
||
1410 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to |
||
1411 | * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also |
||
1412 | * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN |
||
1413 | * triggers. |
||
1414 | * |
||
1415 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan |
||
1416 | * cycles, in msecs. |
||
1417 | * |
||
1418 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more |
||
1419 | * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs |
||
1420 | * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are |
||
1421 | * pass-thru filter rules. |
||
1422 | * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a |
||
1423 | * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of |
||
1424 | * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are |
||
1425 | * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be |
||
1426 | * able to ignore them by itself. |
||
1427 | * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but |
||
1428 | * this is only an optimization and the userspace application |
||
1429 | * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. |
||
1430 | * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with |
||
1431 | * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID |
||
1432 | * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes |
||
1433 | * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. |
||
1434 | * If ommited, no filtering is done. |
||
1435 | * |
||
1436 | * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported |
||
1437 | * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes |
||
1438 | * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. |
||
1439 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like |
||
1440 | * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that |
||
1441 | * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to |
||
1442 | * any restrictions in their number or combinations. |
||
1443 | * |
||
1444 | * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information |
||
1445 | * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. |
||
1446 | * |
||
1447 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, |
||
1448 | * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry |
||
1449 | * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but |
||
1450 | * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). |
||
1451 | * |
||
1452 | * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon |
||
1453 | * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see |
||
1454 | * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 |
||
1455 | * |
||
1456 | * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. |
||
1457 | * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to |
||
1458 | * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the |
||
1459 | * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. |
||
1460 | * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association |
||
1461 | * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and |
||
1462 | * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into |
||
1463 | * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to |
||
1464 | * (Re)Association Request frames. |
||
1465 | * |
||
1466 | * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration |
||
1467 | * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. |
||
1468 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working |
||
1469 | * as AP. |
||
1470 | * |
||
1471 | * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of |
||
1472 | * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. |
||
1473 | * |
||
1474 | * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching |
||
1475 | * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. |
||
1476 | * |
||
1477 | * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not |
||
1478 | * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action |
||
1479 | * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space |
||
1480 | * applications use this attribute. |
||
1481 | * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and |
||
1482 | * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. |
||
1483 | * |
||
1484 | * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup |
||
1485 | * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are |
||
1486 | * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. |
||
1487 | * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a |
||
1488 | * TDLS conversation between two devices. |
||
1489 | * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see |
||
1490 | * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. |
||
1491 | * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate |
||
1492 | * as a TDLS peer sta. |
||
1493 | * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown |
||
1494 | * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via |
||
1495 | * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be |
||
1496 | * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. |
||
1497 | * |
||
1498 | * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices |
||
1499 | * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated |
||
1500 | * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see |
||
1501 | * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. |
||
1502 | * |
||
1503 | * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells |
||
1504 | * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, |
||
1505 | * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is |
||
1506 | * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. |
||
1507 | * |
||
1508 | * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from |
||
1509 | * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. |
||
1510 | * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe |
||
1511 | * requests while operating in AP-mode. |
||
1512 | * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for |
||
1513 | * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). |
||
1514 | * |
||
1515 | * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire |
||
1516 | * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, |
||
1517 | * to be filled by the FW. |
||
1518 | * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable |
||
1519 | * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers. |
||
1520 | * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the |
||
1521 | * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. |
||
1522 | * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. |
||
1523 | * The values that may be configured are: |
||
1524 | * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 |
||
1525 | * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. |
||
1526 | * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored |
||
1527 | * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in |
||
1528 | * the station debugfs ht_caps file. |
||
1529 | * |
||
1530 | * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country |
||
1531 | * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps |
||
1532 | * to one DFS region. |
||
1533 | * |
||
1534 | * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of |
||
1535 | * up to 16 TIDs. |
||
1536 | * |
||
1537 | * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be |
||
1538 | * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support |
||
1539 | * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the staion entry from |
||
1540 | * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the |
||
1541 | * capability to timeout the stations. |
||
1542 | * |
||
1543 | * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); |
||
1544 | * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to |
||
1545 | * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. |
||
1546 | * |
||
1547 | * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds |
||
1548 | * or 0 to disable background scan. |
||
1549 | * |
||
1550 | * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from |
||
1551 | * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from |
||
1552 | * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source |
||
1553 | * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of |
||
1554 | * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. |
||
1555 | * |
||
1556 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected |
||
1557 | * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason |
||
1558 | * enum has different reasons of connection failure. |
||
1559 | * |
||
1560 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA: SAE elements in Authentication frames. This starts |
||
1561 | * with the Authentication transaction sequence number field. |
||
1562 | * |
||
1563 | * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from |
||
1564 | * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) |
||
1565 | * |
||
1566 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) |
||
1567 | * |
||
1568 | * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with |
||
1569 | * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands |
||
1570 | * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the |
||
1571 | * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; |
||
1572 | * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS |
||
1573 | * no change is made. |
||
1574 | * |
||
1575 | * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode |
||
1576 | * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. |
||
1577 | * |
||
1578 | * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, |
||
1579 | * carried in a u32 attribute |
||
1580 | * |
||
1581 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for |
||
1582 | * MAC ACL. |
||
1583 | * |
||
1584 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum |
||
1585 | * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC |
||
1586 | * ACL. |
||
1587 | * |
||
1588 | * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, |
||
1589 | * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). |
||
1590 | * |
||
1591 | * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver |
||
1592 | * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See |
||
1593 | * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. |
||
1594 | * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver |
||
1595 | * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. |
||
1596 | * |
||
1597 | * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to |
||
1598 | * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). |
||
1599 | * |
||
1600 | * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are |
||
1601 | * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations |
||
1602 | * and PU-APSD. |
||
1603 | * |
||
1604 | * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see |
||
1605 | * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. |
||
1606 | * |
||
1607 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports |
||
1608 | * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple |
||
1609 | * messages, given with wiphy dump message |
||
1610 | * |
||
1611 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier |
||
1612 | * |
||
1613 | * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information |
||
1614 | * Element |
||
1615 | * |
||
1616 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased |
||
1617 | * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). |
||
1618 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which |
||
1619 | * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). |
||
1620 | * |
||
1621 | * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). |
||
1622 | * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being |
||
1623 | * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to |
||
1624 | * update a TDLS peer STA entry. |
||
1625 | * |
||
1626 | * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. |
||
1627 | * |
||
1628 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's |
||
1629 | * until the channel switch event. |
||
1630 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission |
||
1631 | * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch |
||
1632 | * operation). |
||
1633 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information |
||
1634 | * for the time while performing a channel switch. |
||
1635 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel |
||
1636 | * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). |
||
1637 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel |
||
1638 | * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). |
||
1639 | * |
||
1640 | * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. |
||
1641 | * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. |
||
1642 | * |
||
1643 | * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. |
||
1644 | * |
||
1645 | * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported |
||
1646 | * supported operating classes. |
||
1647 | * |
||
1648 | * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space |
||
1649 | * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in |
||
1650 | * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS |
||
1651 | * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required |
||
1652 | * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the |
||
1653 | * IBSS network. |
||
1654 | * |
||
1655 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports |
||
1656 | * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. |
||
1657 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports |
||
1658 | * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. |
||
1659 | * |
||
1660 | * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode |
||
1661 | * Notification Element based on association request when used with |
||
1662 | * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION; u8 attribute. |
||
1663 | * |
||
1664 | * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if |
||
1665 | * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) |
||
1666 | * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command |
||
1667 | * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this |
||
1668 | * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement |
||
1669 | * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy |
||
1670 | * info, containing a nested array of possible events |
||
1671 | * |
||
1672 | * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This |
||
1673 | * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element |
||
1674 | * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. |
||
1675 | * |
||
1676 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS |
||
1677 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS |
||
1678 | * |
||
1679 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many |
||
1680 | * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. |
||
1681 | * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., |
||
1682 | * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to |
||
1683 | * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt |
||
1684 | * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. |
||
1685 | * |
||
1686 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which |
||
1687 | * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. |
||
1688 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum |
||
1689 | * supported number of csa counters. |
||
1690 | * |
||
1691 | * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. |
||
1692 | * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. |
||
1693 | * |
||
1694 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface |
||
1695 | * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket |
||
1696 | * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. |
||
1697 | * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be |
||
1698 | * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will |
||
1699 | * be stopped when the socket is closed. |
||
1700 | * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the |
||
1701 | * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket |
||
1702 | * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be |
||
1703 | * cleared when the socket is closed. |
||
1704 | * |
||
1705 | * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is |
||
1706 | * the TDLS link initiator. |
||
1707 | * |
||
1708 | * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection |
||
1709 | * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be |
||
1710 | * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. |
||
1711 | * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the |
||
1712 | * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: |
||
1713 | * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, |
||
1714 | * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, |
||
1715 | * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the |
||
1716 | * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability |
||
1717 | * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. |
||
1718 | * |
||
1719 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout |
||
1720 | * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack |
||
1721 | * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower |
||
1722 | * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled |
||
1723 | * setting valid value for coverage class. |
||
1724 | * |
||
1725 | * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) |
||
1726 | * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) |
||
1727 | * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds |
||
1728 | * (per second) (u16 attribute) |
||
1729 | * |
||
1730 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see |
||
1731 | * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. |
||
1732 | * |
||
1733 | * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class |
||
1734 | * |
||
1735 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask |
||
1736 | * |
||
1737 | * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device |
||
1738 | * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain |
||
1739 | * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global |
||
1740 | * cfg80211 regdomain. |
||
1741 | * |
||
1742 | * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte |
||
1743 | * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum |
||
1744 | * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the |
||
1745 | * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 |
||
1746 | * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 |
||
1747 | * of byte 3 (u8 array). |
||
1748 | * |
||
1749 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be |
||
1750 | * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY |
||
1751 | * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio |
||
1752 | * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) |
||
1753 | * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information |
||
1754 | * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters |
||
1755 | * over all channels. |
||
1756 | * |
||
1757 | * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a |
||
1758 | * scheduled scan (or a WoWLAN net-detect scan) is started, u32 |
||
1759 | * in seconds. |
||
1760 | |||
1761 | * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device |
||
1762 | * is operating in an indoor environment. |
||
1763 | * |
||
1764 | * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available |
||
1765 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined |
||
1766 | * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
||
1767 | */ |
||
1768 | enum nl80211_attrs { |
||
1769 | /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ |
||
1770 | NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, |
||
1771 | |||
1772 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, |
||
1773 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, |
||
1774 | |||
1775 | NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, |
||
1776 | NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, |
||
1777 | NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, |
||
1778 | |||
1779 | NL80211_ATTR_MAC, |
||
1780 | |||
1781 | NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, |
||
1782 | NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, |
||
1783 | NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, |
||
1784 | NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, |
||
1785 | NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, |
||
1786 | |||
1787 | NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, |
||
1788 | NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, |
||
1789 | NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, |
||
1790 | NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, |
||
1791 | |||
1792 | NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, |
||
1793 | NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, |
||
1794 | NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, |
||
1795 | NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, |
||
1796 | NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, |
||
1797 | NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, |
||
1798 | |||
1799 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, |
||
1800 | |||
1801 | NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, |
||
1802 | |||
1803 | NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, |
||
1804 | NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, |
||
1805 | NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, |
||
1806 | NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, |
||
1807 | |||
1808 | NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, |
||
1809 | NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, |
||
1810 | NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, |
||
1811 | |||
1812 | NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, |
||
1813 | |||
1814 | NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, |
||
1815 | |||
1816 | NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, |
||
1817 | NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, |
||
1818 | |||
1819 | NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, |
||
1820 | |||
1821 | NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, |
||
1822 | |||
1823 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, |
||
1824 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, |
||
1825 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, |
||
1826 | |||
1827 | NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, |
||
1828 | |||
1829 | NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, |
||
1830 | NL80211_ATTR_IE, |
||
1831 | |||
1832 | NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS, |
||
1833 | |||
1834 | NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, |
||
1835 | NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS, |
||
1836 | NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */ |
||
1837 | NL80211_ATTR_BSS, |
||
1838 | |||
1839 | NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR, |
||
1840 | NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE, |
||
1841 | |||
1842 | NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS, |
||
1843 | |||
1844 | NL80211_ATTR_FRAME, |
||
1845 | NL80211_ATTR_SSID, |
||
1846 | NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, |
||
1847 | NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, |
||
1848 | |||
1849 | NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, |
||
1850 | |||
1851 | NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, |
||
1852 | NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, |
||
1853 | |||
1854 | NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, |
||
1855 | NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, |
||
1856 | |||
1857 | NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, |
||
1858 | |||
1859 | |||
1860 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, |
||
1861 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, |
||
1862 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, |
||
1863 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, |
||
1864 | |||
1865 | NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, |
||
1866 | |||
1867 | NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, |
||
1868 | |||
1869 | NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, |
||
1870 | |||
1871 | NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, |
||
1872 | |||
1873 | NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, |
||
1874 | |||
1875 | NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, |
||
1876 | |||
1877 | NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP, |
||
1878 | NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE, |
||
1879 | |||
1880 | NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, |
||
1881 | NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, |
||
1882 | NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, |
||
1883 | NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, |
||
1884 | |||
1885 | NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE, |
||
1886 | NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE, |
||
1887 | |||
1888 | NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID, |
||
1889 | |||
1890 | NL80211_ATTR_KEY, |
||
1891 | NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, |
||
1892 | |||
1893 | NL80211_ATTR_PID, |
||
1894 | |||
1895 | NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR, |
||
1896 | |||
1897 | NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, |
||
1898 | |||
1899 | NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, |
||
1900 | NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, |
||
1901 | |||
1902 | NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, |
||
1903 | |||
1904 | NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, |
||
1905 | |||
1906 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, |
||
1907 | |||
1908 | NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, |
||
1909 | |||
1910 | NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, |
||
1911 | |||
1912 | NL80211_ATTR_ACK, |
||
1913 | |||
1914 | NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, |
||
1915 | |||
1916 | NL80211_ATTR_CQM, |
||
1917 | |||
1918 | NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, |
||
1919 | |||
1920 | NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, |
||
1921 | |||
1922 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, |
||
1923 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, |
||
1924 | |||
1925 | NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, |
||
1926 | NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, |
||
1927 | NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, |
||
1928 | |||
1929 | NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, |
||
1930 | NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, |
||
1931 | |||
1932 | NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, |
||
1933 | |||
1934 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, |
||
1935 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, |
||
1936 | |||
1937 | NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, |
||
1938 | |||
1939 | NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, |
||
1940 | |||
1941 | NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, |
||
1942 | |||
1943 | NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, |
||
1944 | |||
1945 | NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, |
||
1946 | |||
1947 | NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, |
||
1948 | |||
1949 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, |
||
1950 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, |
||
1951 | |||
1952 | NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, |
||
1953 | NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, |
||
1954 | |||
1955 | NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, |
||
1956 | NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, |
||
1957 | |||
1958 | NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, |
||
1959 | |||
1960 | NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, |
||
1961 | NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, |
||
1962 | |||
1963 | NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, |
||
1964 | |||
1965 | NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, |
||
1966 | NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, |
||
1967 | |||
1968 | NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, |
||
1969 | |||
1970 | NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, |
||
1971 | |||
1972 | NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, |
||
1973 | NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, |
||
1974 | |||
1975 | NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, |
||
1976 | NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, |
||
1977 | |||
1978 | NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, |
||
1979 | |||
1980 | NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, |
||
1981 | NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, |
||
1982 | |||
1983 | NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, |
||
1984 | |||
1985 | NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, |
||
1986 | |||
1987 | NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, |
||
1988 | NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, |
||
1989 | NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, |
||
1990 | NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, |
||
1991 | NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, |
||
1992 | |||
1993 | NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, |
||
1994 | |||
1995 | NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, |
||
1996 | |||
1997 | NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, |
||
1998 | |||
1999 | NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, |
||
2000 | |||
2001 | NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, |
||
2002 | |||
2003 | NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, |
||
2004 | |||
2005 | NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, |
||
2006 | NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, |
||
2007 | |||
2008 | NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP, |
||
2009 | |||
2010 | NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, |
||
2011 | |||
2012 | NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, |
||
2013 | |||
2014 | NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, |
||
2015 | |||
2016 | NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, |
||
2017 | |||
2018 | NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, |
||
2019 | |||
2020 | NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, |
||
2021 | |||
2022 | NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA, |
||
2023 | |||
2024 | NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, |
||
2025 | |||
2026 | NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, |
||
2027 | |||
2028 | NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, |
||
2029 | NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, |
||
2030 | NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, |
||
2031 | |||
2032 | NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, |
||
2033 | NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, |
||
2034 | |||
2035 | NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, |
||
2036 | |||
2037 | NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, |
||
2038 | |||
2039 | NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, |
||
2040 | |||
2041 | NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, |
||
2042 | |||
2043 | NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, |
||
2044 | |||
2045 | NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, |
||
2046 | NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, |
||
2047 | |||
2048 | NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, |
||
2049 | NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, |
||
2050 | |||
2051 | NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, |
||
2052 | NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, |
||
2053 | |||
2054 | NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, |
||
2055 | NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, |
||
2056 | |||
2057 | NL80211_ATTR_MDID, |
||
2058 | NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, |
||
2059 | |||
2060 | NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, |
||
2061 | NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, |
||
2062 | |||
2063 | NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, |
||
2064 | |||
2065 | NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, |
||
2066 | |||
2067 | NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, |
||
2068 | NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, |
||
2069 | NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, |
||
2070 | NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON, |
||
2071 | NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP, |
||
2072 | |||
2073 | NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, |
||
2074 | |||
2075 | NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, |
||
2076 | |||
2077 | NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, |
||
2078 | |||
2079 | NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, |
||
2080 | |||
2081 | NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, |
||
2082 | NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, |
||
2083 | |||
2084 | NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, |
||
2085 | |||
2086 | NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, |
||
2087 | NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, |
||
2088 | NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, |
||
2089 | NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, |
||
2090 | |||
2091 | NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, |
||
2092 | |||
2093 | NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, |
||
2094 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, |
||
2095 | |||
2096 | NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, |
||
2097 | |||
2098 | NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, |
||
2099 | |||
2100 | NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, |
||
2101 | |||
2102 | NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, |
||
2103 | NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, |
||
2104 | |||
2105 | NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, |
||
2106 | |||
2107 | NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, |
||
2108 | |||
2109 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, |
||
2110 | |||
2111 | NL80211_ATTR_TSID, |
||
2112 | NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, |
||
2113 | NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, |
||
2114 | |||
2115 | NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, |
||
2116 | |||
2117 | NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, |
||
2118 | |||
2119 | NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, |
||
2120 | |||
2121 | NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, |
||
2122 | |||
2123 | NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, |
||
2124 | |||
2125 | NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, |
||
2126 | |||
2127 | NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, |
||
2128 | |||
2129 | NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, |
||
2130 | |||
2131 | NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, |
||
2132 | |||
2133 | /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ |
||
2134 | |||
2135 | __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, |
||
2136 | NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, |
||
2137 | NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
||
2138 | }; |
||
2139 | |||
2140 | /* source-level API compatibility */ |
||
2141 | #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION |
||
2142 | #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG |
||
2143 | #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER |
||
2144 | |||
2145 | /* |
||
2146 | * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them |
||
2147 | * here |
||
2148 | */ |
||
2149 | #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT |
||
2150 | #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY |
||
2151 | #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES |
||
2152 | #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS |
||
2153 | #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ |
||
2154 | #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE |
||
2155 | #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE |
||
2156 | #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE |
||
2157 | #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR |
||
2158 | #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE |
||
2159 | #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME |
||
2160 | #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID |
||
2161 | #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE |
||
2162 | #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE |
||
2163 | #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE |
||
2164 | #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP |
||
2165 | #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS |
||
2166 | #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES |
||
2167 | #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY |
||
2168 | #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS |
||
2169 | #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS |
||
2170 | |||
2171 | #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 |
||
2172 | #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 |
||
2173 | #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 64 |
||
2174 | #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 |
||
2175 | #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 |
||
2176 | #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 |
||
2177 | #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 |
||
2178 | #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 |
||
2179 | |||
2180 | #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 |
||
2181 | #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 |
||
2182 | |||
2183 | #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 |
||
2184 | |||
2185 | /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ |
||
2186 | #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300 |
||
2187 | |||
2188 | #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 |
||
2189 | |||
2190 | /** |
||
2191 | * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types |
||
2192 | * |
||
2193 | * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides |
||
2194 | * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member |
||
2195 | * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member |
||
2196 | * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point |
||
2197 | * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces |
||
2198 | * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing |
||
2199 | * AP type interface. |
||
2200 | * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface |
||
2201 | * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames |
||
2202 | * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point |
||
2203 | * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client |
||
2204 | * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner |
||
2205 | * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev |
||
2206 | * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the |
||
2207 | * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE |
||
2208 | * commands to create and destroy one |
||
2209 | * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS |
||
2210 | * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true |
||
2211 | * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined |
||
2212 | * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types |
||
2213 | * |
||
2214 | * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE |
||
2215 | * to set the type of an interface. |
||
2216 | * |
||
2217 | */ |
||
2218 | enum nl80211_iftype { |
||
2219 | NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, |
||
2220 | NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, |
||
2221 | NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, |
||
2222 | NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, |
||
2223 | NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN, |
||
2224 | NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, |
||
2225 | NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, |
||
2226 | NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, |
||
2227 | NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, |
||
2228 | NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, |
||
2229 | NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, |
||
2230 | NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, |
||
2231 | |||
2232 | /* keep last */ |
||
2233 | NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, |
||
2234 | NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 |
||
2235 | }; |
||
2236 | |||
2237 | /** |
||
2238 | * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags |
||
2239 | * |
||
2240 | * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is |
||
2241 | * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) |
||
2242 | * |
||
2243 | * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
||
2244 | * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) |
||
2245 | * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames |
||
2246 | * with short barker preamble |
||
2247 | * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable |
||
2248 | * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection |
||
2249 | * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated |
||
2250 | * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should |
||
2251 | * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the |
||
2252 | * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and |
||
2253 | * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected |
||
2254 | * as errors.) |
||
2255 | * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers |
||
2256 | * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a |
||
2257 | * previously added station into associated state |
||
2258 | * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined |
||
2259 | * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
||
2260 | */ |
||
2261 | enum nl80211_sta_flags { |
||
2262 | __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, |
||
2263 | NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, |
||
2264 | NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, |
||
2265 | NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, |
||
2266 | NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, |
||
2267 | NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, |
||
2268 | NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, |
||
2269 | NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, |
||
2270 | |||
2271 | /* keep last */ |
||
2272 | __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, |
||
2273 | NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
||
2274 | }; |
||
2275 | |||
2276 | #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER |
||
2277 | |||
2278 | /** |
||
2279 | * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set |
||
2280 | * @mask: mask of station flags to set |
||
2281 | * @set: which values to set them to |
||
2282 | * |
||
2283 | * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. |
||
2284 | */ |
||
2285 | struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { |
||
2286 | __u32 mask; |
||
2287 | __u32 set; |
||
2288 | } __attribute__((packed)); |
||
2289 | |||
2290 | /** |
||
2291 | * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information |
||
2292 | * |
||
2293 | * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE |
||
2294 | * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. |
||
2295 | * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents |
||
2296 | * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. |
||
2297 | * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported |
||
2298 | * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits |
||
2299 | * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. |
||
2300 | * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall |
||
2301 | * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. |
||
2302 | * |
||
2303 | * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
||
2304 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) |
||
2305 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) |
||
2306 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate |
||
2307 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval |
||
2308 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) |
||
2309 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined |
||
2310 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) |
||
2311 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) |
||
2312 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate |
||
2313 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the |
||
2314 | * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates |
||
2315 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate |
||
2316 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is |
||
2317 | * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. |
||
2318 | * half the base (20 MHz) rate |
||
2319 | * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is |
||
2320 | * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. |
||
2321 | * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate |
||
2322 | * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
||
2323 | */ |
||
2324 | enum nl80211_rate_info { |
||
2325 | __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID, |
||
2326 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE, |
||
2327 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, |
||
2328 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, |
||
2329 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, |
||
2330 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, |
||
2331 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, |
||
2332 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, |
||
2333 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, |
||
2334 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, |
||
2335 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, |
||
2336 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, |
||
2337 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, |
||
2338 | |||
2339 | /* keep last */ |
||
2340 | __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, |
||
2341 | NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
||
2342 | }; |
||
2343 | |||
2344 | /** |
||
2345 | * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA |
||
2346 | * |
||
2347 | * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM |
||
2348 | * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. |
||
2349 | * |
||
2350 | * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
||
2351 | * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) |
||
2352 | * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled |
||
2353 | * (flag) |
||
2354 | * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled |
||
2355 | * (flag) |
||
2356 | * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) |
||
2357 | * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) |
||
2358 | * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined |
||
2359 | * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
||
2360 | */ |
||
2361 | enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { |
||
2362 | __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, |
||
2363 | NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, |
||
2364 | NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, |
||
2365 | NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, |
||
2366 | NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, |
||
2367 | NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, |
||
2368 | |||
2369 | /* keep last */ |
||
2370 | __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, |
||
2371 | NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
||
2372 | }; |
||
2373 | |||
2374 | /** |
||
2375 | * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information |
||
2376 | * |
||
2377 | * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO |
||
2378 | * when getting information about a station. |
||
2379 | * |
||
2380 | * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
||
2381 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) |
||
2382 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) |
||
2383 | * (u32, from this station) |
||
2384 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) |
||
2385 | * (u32, to this station) |
||
2386 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) |
||
2387 | * (u64, from this station) |
||
2388 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) |
||
2389 | * (u64, to this station) |
||
2390 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) |
||
2391 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute |
||
2392 | * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info |
||
2393 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) |
||
2394 | * (u32, from this station) |
||
2395 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) |
||
2396 | * (u32, to this station) |
||
2397 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) |
||
2398 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) |
||
2399 | * (u32, to this station) |
||
2400 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) |
||
2401 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID |
||
2402 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID |
||
2403 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station |
||
2404 | * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) |
||
2405 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested |
||
2406 | * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. |
||
2407 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute |
||
2408 | * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param |
||
2409 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected |
||
2410 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. |
||
2411 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) |
||
2412 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) |
||
2413 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode |
||
2414 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode |
||
2415 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards |
||
2416 | * non-peer STA |
||
2417 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU |
||
2418 | * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) |
||
2419 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average |
||
2420 | * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. |
||
2421 | * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the |
||
2422 | * 802.11 header (u32, kbps) |
||
2423 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons |
||
2424 | * (u64) |
||
2425 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) |
||
2426 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average |
||
2427 | * for beacons only (u8, dBm) |
||
2428 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) |
||
2429 | * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the |
||
2430 | * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; |
||
2431 | * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats |
||
2432 | * attributes carrying the actual values. |
||
2433 | * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal |
||
2434 | * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute |
||
2435 | */ |
||
2436 | enum nl80211_sta_info { |
||
2437 | __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, |
||
2438 | NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME, |
||
2439 | NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES, |
||
2440 | NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES, |
||
2441 | NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID, |
||
2442 | NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, |
||
2443 | NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, |
||
2444 | NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, |
||
2445 | NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, |
||
2446 | NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, |
||
2447 | NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, |
||
2448 | NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, |
||
2449 | NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, |
||
2450 | NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, |
||
2451 | NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, |
||
2452 | NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, |
||
2453 | NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, |
||
2454 | NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, |
||
2455 | NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, |
||
2456 | NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, |
||
2457 | NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, |
||
2458 | NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, |
||
2459 | NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, |
||
2460 | NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, |
||
2461 | NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, |
||
2462 | NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, |
||
2463 | NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, |
||
2464 | NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, |
||
2465 | NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, |
||
2466 | NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, |
||
2467 | NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, |
||
2468 | NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, |
||
2469 | |||
2470 | /* keep last */ |
||
2471 | __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, |
||
2472 | NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
||
2473 | }; |
||
2474 | |||
2475 | /** |
||
2476 | * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes |
||
2477 | * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
||
2478 | * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) |
||
2479 | * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or |
||
2480 | * attempted to transmit; u64) |
||
2481 | * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for |
||
2482 | * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) |
||
2483 | * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted |
||
2484 | * MSDUs (u64) |
||
2485 | * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here |
||
2486 | * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here |
||
2487 | */ |
||
2488 | enum nl80211_tid_stats { |
||
2489 | __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, |
||
2490 | NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, |
||
2491 | NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, |
||
2492 | NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, |
||
2493 | NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, |
||
2494 | |||
2495 | /* keep last */ |
||
2496 | NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, |
||
2497 | NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 |
||
2498 | }; |
||
2499 | |||
2500 | /** |
||
2501 | * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags |
||
2502 | * |
||
2503 | * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active |
||
2504 | * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running |
||
2505 | * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN |
||
2506 | * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set |
||
2507 | * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded |
||
2508 | */ |
||
2509 | enum nl80211_mpath_flags { |
||
2510 | NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0, |
||
2511 | NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1, |
||
2512 | NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2, |
||
2513 | NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3, |
||
2514 | NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4, |
||
2515 | }; |
||
2516 | |||
2517 | /** |
||
2518 | * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information |
||
2519 | * |
||
2520 | * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting |
||
2521 | * information about a mesh path. |
||
2522 | * |
||
2523 | * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
||
2524 | * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination |
||
2525 | * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number |
||
2526 | * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path |
||
2527 | * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now |
||
2528 | * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in |
||
2529 | * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; |
||
2530 | * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec |
||
2531 | * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries |
||
2532 | * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number |
||
2533 | * currently defind |
||
2534 | * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
||
2535 | */ |
||
2536 | enum nl80211_mpath_info { |
||
2537 | __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, |
||
2538 | NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN, |
||
2539 | NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN, |
||
2540 | NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC, |
||
2541 | NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME, |
||
2542 | NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, |
||
2543 | NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, |
||
2544 | NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, |
||
2545 | |||
2546 | /* keep last */ |
||
2547 | __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, |
||
2548 | NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
||
2549 | }; |
||
2550 | |||
2551 | /** |
||
2552 | * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes |
||
2553 | * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
||
2554 | * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band, |
||
2555 | * an array of nested frequency attributes |
||
2556 | * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band, |
||
2557 | * an array of nested bitrate attributes |
||
2558 | * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as |
||
2559 | * defined in 802.11n |
||
2560 | * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE |
||
2561 | * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n |
||
2562 | * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n |
||
2563 | * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as |
||
2564 | * defined in 802.11ac |
||
2565 | * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE |
||
2566 | * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined |
||
2567 | * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
||
2568 | */ |
||
2569 | enum nl80211_band_attr { |
||
2570 | __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, |
||
2571 | NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS, |
||
2572 | NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES, |
||
2573 | |||
2574 | NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, |
||
2575 | NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA, |
||
2576 | NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, |
||
2577 | NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, |
||
2578 | |||
2579 | NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, |
||
2580 | NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, |
||
2581 | |||
2582 | /* keep last */ |
||
2583 | __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, |
||
2584 | NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
||
2585 | }; |
||
2586 | |||
2587 | #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA |
||
2588 | |||
2589 | /** |
||
2590 | * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes |
||
2591 | * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
||
2592 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz |
||
2593 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current |
||
2594 | * regulatory domain. |
||
2595 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation |
||
2596 | * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe |
||
2597 | * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. |
||
2598 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory |
||
2599 | * on this channel in current regulatory domain. |
||
2600 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm |
||
2601 | * (100 * dBm). |
||
2602 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS |
||
2603 | * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) |
||
2604 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long |
||
2605 | * this channel is in this DFS state. |
||
2606 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this |
||
2607 | * channel as the control channel |
||
2608 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this |
||
2609 | * channel as the control channel |
||
2610 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel |
||
2611 | * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, |
||
2612 | * this includes 80+80 channels |
||
2613 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel |
||
2614 | * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels |
||
2615 | * isn't possible |
||
2616 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. |
||
2617 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this |
||
2618 | * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be |
||
2619 | * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in |
||
2620 | * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not |
||
2621 | * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master |
||
2622 | * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. |
||
2623 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT: GO operation is allowed on this |
||
2624 | * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on |
||
2625 | * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz |
||
2626 | * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO on a |
||
2627 | * channel that has the GO_CONCURRENT attribute set can be done when there |
||
2628 | * is a clear assessment that the device is operating under the guidance of |
||
2629 | * an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO while the device is also |
||
2630 | * connected to an AP with DFS and radar detection on the UNII band (it is |
||
2631 | * up to user-space, i.e., wpa_supplicant to perform the required |
||
2632 | * verifications) |
||
2633 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed |
||
2634 | * on this channel in current regulatory domain. |
||
2635 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed |
||
2636 | * on this channel in current regulatory domain. |
||
2637 | * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number |
||
2638 | * currently defined |
||
2639 | * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
||
2640 | * |
||
2641 | * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 |
||
2642 | * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed |
||
2643 | * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and |
||
2644 | * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT. |
||
2645 | */ |
||
2646 | enum nl80211_frequency_attr { |
||
2647 | __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, |
||
2648 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, |
||
2649 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, |
||
2650 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, |
||
2651 | __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, |
||
2652 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, |
||
2653 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, |
||
2654 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, |
||
2655 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, |
||
2656 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, |
||
2657 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, |
||
2658 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, |
||
2659 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, |
||
2660 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, |
||
2661 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, |
||
2662 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT, |
||
2663 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, |
||
2664 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, |
||
2665 | |||
2666 | /* keep last */ |
||
2667 | __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, |
||
2668 | NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
||
2669 | }; |
||
2670 | |||
2671 | #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER |
||
2672 | #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR |
||
2673 | #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR |
||
2674 | #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR |
||
2675 | |||
2676 | /** |
||
2677 | * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes |
||
2678 | * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
||
2679 | * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps |
||
2680 | * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported |
||
2681 | * in 2.4 GHz band. |
||
2682 | * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number |
||
2683 | * currently defined |
||
2684 | * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
||
2685 | */ |
||
2686 | enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { |
||
2687 | __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, |
||
2688 | NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE, |
||
2689 | NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE, |
||
2690 | |||
2691 | /* keep last */ |
||
2692 | __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, |
||
2693 | NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
||
2694 | }; |
||
2695 | |||
2696 | /** |
||
2697 | * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request |
||
2698 | * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world |
||
2699 | * regulatory domain. |
||
2700 | * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the |
||
2701 | * regulatory domain. |
||
2702 | * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the |
||
2703 | * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. |
||
2704 | * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an |
||
2705 | * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it |
||
2706 | * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country |
||
2707 | * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information |
||
2708 | * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. |
||
2709 | * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should |
||
2710 | * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. |
||
2711 | */ |
||
2712 | enum nl80211_reg_initiator { |
||
2713 | NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, |
||
2714 | NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER, |
||
2715 | NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, |
||
2716 | NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE, |
||
2717 | }; |
||
2718 | |||
2719 | /** |
||
2720 | * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain |
||
2721 | * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains |
||
2722 | * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the |
||
2723 | * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. |
||
2724 | * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory |
||
2725 | * domain. |
||
2726 | * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom |
||
2727 | * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide |
||
2728 | * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested |
||
2729 | * them to be applied. |
||
2730 | * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product |
||
2731 | * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously |
||
2732 | * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory |
||
2733 | * domain request to be processed. |
||
2734 | */ |
||
2735 | enum nl80211_reg_type { |
||
2736 | NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY, |
||
2737 | NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD, |
||
2738 | NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD, |
||
2739 | NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION, |
||
2740 | }; |
||
2741 | |||
2742 | /** |
||
2743 | * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes |
||
2744 | * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
||
2745 | * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional |
||
2746 | * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the |
||
2747 | * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. |
||
2748 | * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory |
||
2749 | * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory |
||
2750 | * band edge. |
||
2751 | * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule |
||
2752 | * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory |
||
2753 | * band edge. |
||
2754 | * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this |
||
2755 | * frequency range, in KHz. |
||
2756 | * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain |
||
2757 | * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). |
||
2758 | * If you don't have one then don't send this. |
||
2759 | * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for |
||
2760 | * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). |
||
2761 | * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. |
||
2762 | * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. |
||
2763 | * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number |
||
2764 | * currently defined |
||
2765 | * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
||
2766 | */ |
||
2767 | enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { |
||
2768 | __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, |
||
2769 | NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, |
||
2770 | |||
2771 | NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START, |
||
2772 | NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END, |
||
2773 | NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW, |
||
2774 | |||
2775 | NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, |
||
2776 | NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, |
||
2777 | |||
2778 | NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, |
||
2779 | |||
2780 | /* keep last */ |
||
2781 | __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, |
||
2782 | NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
||
2783 | }; |
||
2784 | |||
2785 | /** |
||
2786 | * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes |
||
2787 | * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
||
2788 | * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, |
||
2789 | * only report BSS with matching SSID. |
||
2790 | * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a |
||
2791 | * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that |
||
2792 | * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as |
||
2793 | * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a |
||
2794 | * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with |
||
2795 | * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, |
||
2796 | * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this |
||
2797 | * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. |
||
2798 | * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter |
||
2799 | * attribute number currently defined |
||
2800 | * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
||
2801 | */ |
||
2802 | enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { |
||
2803 | __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, |
||
2804 | |||
2805 | NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, |
||
2806 | NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI, |
||
2807 | |||
2808 | /* keep last */ |
||
2809 | __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, |
||
2810 | NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = |
||
2811 | __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
||
2812 | }; |
||
2813 | |||
2814 | /* only for backward compatibility */ |
||
2815 | #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID |
||
2816 | |||
2817 | /** |
||
2818 | * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags |
||
2819 | * |
||
2820 | * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed |
||
2821 | * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed |
||
2822 | * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed |
||
2823 | * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed |
||
2824 | * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used |
||
2825 | * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links |
||
2826 | * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links |
||
2827 | * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, |
||
2828 | * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require |
||
2829 | * beaconing. |
||
2830 | * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated |
||
2831 | * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross |
||
2832 | * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. |
||
2833 | * @NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT: See &NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT |
||
2834 | * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation |
||
2835 | * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation |
||
2836 | * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed |
||
2837 | * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed |
||
2838 | */ |
||
2839 | enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { |
||
2840 | NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0, |
||
2841 | NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1, |
||
2842 | NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2, |
||
2843 | NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3, |
||
2844 | NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4, |
||
2845 | NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5, |
||
2846 | NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6, |
||
2847 | NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7, |
||
2848 | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8, |
||
2849 | NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11, |
||
2850 | NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT = 1<<12, |
||
2851 | NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13, |
||
2852 | NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14, |
||
2853 | NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15, |
||
2854 | NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16, |
||
2855 | }; |
||
2856 | |||
2857 | #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR |
||
2858 | #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR |
||
2859 | #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR |
||
2860 | #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ |
||
2861 | NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) |
||
2862 | |||
2863 | /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ |
||
2864 | #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) |
||
2865 | |||
2866 | /** |
||
2867 | * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions |
||
2868 | * |
||
2869 | * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified |
||
2870 | * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC |
||
2871 | * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI |
||
2872 | * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec |
||
2873 | */ |
||
2874 | enum nl80211_dfs_regions { |
||
2875 | NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, |
||
2876 | NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, |
||
2877 | NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, |
||
2878 | NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, |
||
2879 | }; |
||
2880 | |||
2881 | /** |
||
2882 | * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint |
||
2883 | * |
||
2884 | * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always |
||
2885 | * assumed if the attribute is not set. |
||
2886 | * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular |
||
2887 | * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work |
||
2888 | * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints |
||
2889 | * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature |
||
2890 | * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will |
||
2891 | * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device |
||
2892 | * present has been registered with the wireless core that |
||
2893 | * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a |
||
2894 | * supported feature. |
||
2895 | * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the |
||
2896 | * platform is operating in an indoor environment. |
||
2897 | */ |
||
2898 | enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { |
||
2899 | NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, |
||
2900 | NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, |
||
2901 | NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, |
||
2902 | }; |
||
2903 | |||
2904 | /** |
||
2905 | * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information |
||
2906 | * |
||
2907 | * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO |
||
2908 | * when getting information about a survey. |
||
2909 | * |
||
2910 | * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved |
||
2911 | * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel |
||
2912 | * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) |
||
2913 | * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used |
||
2914 | * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio |
||
2915 | * was turned on (on channel or globally) |
||
2916 | * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary |
||
2917 | * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) |
||
2918 | * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension |
||
2919 | * channel was sensed busy |
||
2920 | * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent |
||
2921 | * receiving data (on channel or globally) |
||
2922 | * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent |
||
2923 | * transmitting data (on channel or globally) |
||
2924 | * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan |
||
2925 | * (on this channel or globally) |
||
2926 | * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number |
||
2927 | * currently defined |
||
2928 | * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
||
2929 | */ |
||
2930 | enum nl80211_survey_info { |
||
2931 | __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, |
||
2932 | NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, |
||
2933 | NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, |
||
2934 | NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, |
||
2935 | NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, |
||
2936 | NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, |
||
2937 | NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, |
||
2938 | NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, |
||
2939 | NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, |
||
2940 | NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, |
||
2941 | |||
2942 | /* keep last */ |
||
2943 | __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, |
||
2944 | NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
||
2945 | }; |
||
2946 | |||
2947 | /* keep old names for compatibility */ |
||
2948 | #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME |
||
2949 | #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY |
||
2950 | #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY |
||
2951 | #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX |
||
2952 | #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX |
||
2953 | |||
2954 | /** |
||
2955 | * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags |
||
2956 | * |
||
2957 | * Monitor configuration flags. |
||
2958 | * |
||
2959 | * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved |
||
2960 | * |
||
2961 | * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS |
||
2962 | * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP |
||
2963 | * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames |
||
2964 | * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering |
||
2965 | * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing. |
||
2966 | * overrides all other flags. |
||
2967 | * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address |
||
2968 | * and ACK incoming unicast packets. |
||
2969 | * |
||
2970 | * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
||
2971 | * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag |
||
2972 | */ |
||
2973 | enum nl80211_mntr_flags { |
||
2974 | __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, |
||
2975 | NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, |
||
2976 | NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, |
||
2977 | NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, |
||
2978 | NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, |
||
2979 | NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, |
||
2980 | NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, |
||
2981 | |||
2982 | /* keep last */ |
||
2983 | __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, |
||
2984 | NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
||
2985 | }; |
||
2986 | |||
2987 | /** |
||
2988 | * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes |
||
2989 | * |
||
2990 | * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is |
||
2991 | * not known or has not been set yet. |
||
2992 | * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is |
||
2993 | * in Awake state all the time. |
||
2994 | * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will |
||
2995 | * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for |
||
2996 | * neighbor's beacons. |
||
2997 | * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will |
||
2998 | * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up |
||
2999 | * for neighbor's beacons. |
||
3000 | * |
||
3001 | * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use |
||
3002 | * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level |
||
3003 | */ |
||
3004 | |||
3005 | enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { |
||
3006 | NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, |
||
3007 | NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, |
||
3008 | NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, |
||
3009 | NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, |
||
3010 | |||
3011 | __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, |
||
3012 | NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
||
3013 | }; |
||
3014 | |||
3015 | /** |
||
3016 | * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters |
||
3017 | * |
||
3018 | * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is |
||
3019 | * active. |
||
3020 | * |
||
3021 | * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use |
||
3022 | * |
||
3023 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in |
||
3024 | * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message |
||
3025 | * |
||
3026 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in |
||
3027 | * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link |
||
3028 | * |
||
3029 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in |
||
3030 | * millisecond units |
||
3031 | * |
||
3032 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed |
||
3033 | * on this mesh interface |
||
3034 | * |
||
3035 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link |
||
3036 | * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a |
||
3037 | * mesh |
||
3038 | * |
||
3039 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh |
||
3040 | * point. |
||
3041 | * |
||
3042 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open |
||
3043 | * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if |
||
3044 | * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are |
||
3045 | * set. |
||
3046 | * |
||
3047 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames |
||
3048 | * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path |
||
3049 | * target) |
||
3050 | * |
||
3051 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths |
||
3052 | * (in milliseconds) |
||
3053 | * |
||
3054 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait |
||
3055 | * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) |
||
3056 | * |
||
3057 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh |
||
3058 | * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from |
||
3059 | * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) |
||
3060 | * |
||
3061 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in |
||
3062 | * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ |
||
3063 | * reference element |
||
3064 | * |
||
3065 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) |
||
3066 | * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the |
||
3067 | * mesh |
||
3068 | * |
||
3069 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not |
||
3070 | * |
||
3071 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a |
||
3072 | * source mesh point for path selection elements. |
||
3073 | * |
||
3074 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between |
||
3075 | * root announcements are transmitted. |
||
3076 | * |
||
3077 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has |
||
3078 | * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root |
||
3079 | * Announcement frames. |
||
3080 | * |
||
3081 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in |
||
3082 | * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a |
||
3083 | * PERR element. |
||
3084 | * |
||
3085 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding |
||
3086 | * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) |
||
3087 | * |
||
3088 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the |
||
3089 | * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish |
||
3090 | * a peer link. |
||
3091 | * |
||
3092 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors |
||
3093 | * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method |
||
3094 | * (see 11C.12.2.2) |
||
3095 | * |
||
3096 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. |
||
3097 | * |
||
3098 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute |
||
3099 | * |
||
3100 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for |
||
3101 | * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding |
||
3102 | * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. |
||
3103 | * |
||
3104 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between |
||
3105 | * proactive PREQs are transmitted. |
||
3106 | * |
||
3107 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time |
||
3108 | * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame |
||
3109 | * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. |
||
3110 | * |
||
3111 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. |
||
3112 | * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) |
||
3113 | * |
||
3114 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) |
||
3115 | * |
||
3116 | * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've |
||
3117 | * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then |
||
3118 | * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable |
||
3119 | * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. |
||
3120 | * |
||
3121 | * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use |
||
3122 | */ |
||
3123 | enum nl80211_meshconf_params { |
||
3124 | __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID, |
||
3125 | NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT, |
||
3126 | NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT, |
||
3127 | NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT, |
||
3128 | NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS, |
||
3129 | NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES, |
||
3130 | NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL, |
||
3131 | NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS, |
||
3132 | NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES, |
||
3133 | NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME, |
||
3134 | NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, |
||
3135 | NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT, |
||
3136 | NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, |
||
3137 | NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, |
||
3138 | NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, |
||
3139 | NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, |
||
3140 | NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, |
||
3141 | NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, |
||
3142 | NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, |
||
3143 | NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, |
||
3144 | NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD, |
||
3145 | NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, |
||
3146 | NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, |
||
3147 | NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, |
||
3148 | NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, |
||
3149 | NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, |
||
3150 | NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, |
||
3151 | NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, |
||
3152 | NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, |
||
3153 | |||
3154 | /* keep last */ |
||
3155 | __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, |
||
3156 | NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
||
3157 | }; |
||
3158 | |||
3159 | /** |
||
3160 | * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters |
||
3161 | * |
||
3162 | * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be |
||
3163 | * changed while the mesh is active. |
||
3164 | * |
||
3165 | * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use |
||
3166 | * |
||
3167 | * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a |
||
3168 | * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the |
||
3169 | * default HWMP. |
||
3170 | * |
||
3171 | * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a |
||
3172 | * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime |
||
3173 | * metric. |
||
3174 | * |
||
3175 | * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a |
||
3176 | * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element |
||
3177 | * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and |
||
3178 | * metrics in use. |
||
3179 | * |
||
3180 | * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication |
||
3181 | * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. |
||
3182 | * |
||
3183 | * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication |
||
3184 | * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of |
||
3185 | * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of |
||
3186 | * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer |
||
3187 | * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE |
||
3188 | * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and |
||
3189 | * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can |
||
3190 | * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a |
||
3191 | * userspace daemon. |
||
3192 | * |
||
3193 | * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a |
||
3194 | * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default |
||
3195 | * neighbor offset synchronization |
||
3196 | * |
||
3197 | * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will |
||
3198 | * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. |
||
3199 | * |
||
3200 | * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication |
||
3201 | * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). |
||
3202 | * Default is no authentication method required. |
||
3203 | * |
||
3204 | * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number |
||
3205 | * |
||
3206 | * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use |
||
3207 | */ |
||
3208 | enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { |
||
3209 | __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, |
||
3210 | NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, |
||
3211 | NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, |
||
3212 | NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, |
||
3213 | NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, |
||
3214 | NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, |
||
3215 | NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, |
||
3216 | NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, |
||
3217 | NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, |
||
3218 | |||
3219 | /* keep last */ |
||
3220 | __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, |
||
3221 | NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
||
3222 | }; |
||
3223 | |||
3224 | /** |
||
3225 | * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes |
||
3226 | * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved |
||
3227 | * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) |
||
3228 | * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning |
||
3229 | * disabled |
||
3230 | * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form |
||
3231 | * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] |
||
3232 | * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form |
||
3233 | * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] |
||
3234 | * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] |
||
3235 | * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal |
||
3236 | * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number |
||
3237 | */ |
||
3238 | enum nl80211_txq_attr { |
||
3239 | __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, |
||
3240 | NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, |
||
3241 | NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, |
||
3242 | NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, |
||
3243 | NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, |
||
3244 | NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS, |
||
3245 | |||
3246 | /* keep last */ |
||
3247 | __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, |
||
3248 | NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
||
3249 | }; |
||
3250 | |||
3251 | enum nl80211_ac { |
||
3252 | NL80211_AC_VO, |
||
3253 | NL80211_AC_VI, |
||
3254 | NL80211_AC_BE, |
||
3255 | NL80211_AC_BK, |
||
3256 | NL80211_NUM_ACS |
||
3257 | }; |
||
3258 | |||
3259 | /* backward compat */ |
||
3260 | #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC |
||
3261 | #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO |
||
3262 | #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI |
||
3263 | #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE |
||
3264 | #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK |
||
3265 | |||
3266 | /** |
||
3267 | * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type |
||
3268 | * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel |
||
3269 | * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel |
||
3270 | * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel |
||
3271 | * below the control channel |
||
3272 | * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel |
||
3273 | * above the control channel |
||
3274 | */ |
||
3275 | enum nl80211_channel_type { |
||
3276 | NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, |
||
3277 | NL80211_CHAN_HT20, |
||
3278 | NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS, |
||
3279 | NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS |
||
3280 | }; |
||
3281 | |||
3282 | /** |
||
3283 | * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions |
||
3284 | * |
||
3285 | * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH |
||
3286 | * attribute. |
||
3287 | * |
||
3288 | * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel |
||
3289 | * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel |
||
3290 | * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 |
||
3291 | * attribute must be provided as well |
||
3292 | * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 |
||
3293 | * attribute must be provided as well |
||
3294 | * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 |
||
3295 | * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well |
||
3296 | * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 |
||
3297 | * attribute must be provided as well |
||
3298 | * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel |
||
3299 | * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel |
||
3300 | */ |
||
3301 | enum nl80211_chan_width { |
||
3302 | NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, |
||
3303 | NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, |
||
3304 | NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, |
||
3305 | NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, |
||
3306 | NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, |
||
3307 | NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, |
||
3308 | NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, |
||
3309 | NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, |
||
3310 | }; |
||
3311 | |||
3312 | /** |
||
3313 | * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS |
||
3314 | * |
||
3315 | * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. |
||
3316 | * |
||
3317 | * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible |
||
3318 | * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide |
||
3319 | * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide |
||
3320 | */ |
||
3321 | enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { |
||
3322 | NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, |
||
3323 | NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, |
||
3324 | NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, |
||
3325 | }; |
||
3326 | |||
3327 | /** |
||
3328 | * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS |
||
3329 | * |
||
3330 | * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid |
||
3331 | * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) |
||
3332 | * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) |
||
3333 | * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) |
||
3334 | * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be |
||
3335 | * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon |
||
3336 | * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) |
||
3337 | * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) |
||
3338 | * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) |
||
3339 | * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the |
||
3340 | * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); |
||
3341 | * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is |
||
3342 | * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise |
||
3343 | * they are from a Beacon frame. |
||
3344 | * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these |
||
3345 | * IEs may be from either frame subtype. |
||
3346 | * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the |
||
3347 | * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. |
||
3348 | * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon |
||
3349 | * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) |
||
3350 | * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon |
||
3351 | * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) |
||
3352 | * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" |
||
3353 | * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms |
||
3354 | * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information |
||
3355 | * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has |
||
3356 | * yet been received |
||
3357 | * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel |
||
3358 | * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) |
||
3359 | * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) |
||
3360 | * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) |
||
3361 | * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and |
||
3362 | * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) |
||
3363 | * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal |
||
3364 | * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute |
||
3365 | */ |
||
3366 | enum nl80211_bss { |
||
3367 | __NL80211_BSS_INVALID, |
||
3368 | NL80211_BSS_BSSID, |
||
3369 | NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY, |
||
3370 | NL80211_BSS_TSF, |
||
3371 | NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL, |
||
3372 | NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY, |
||
3373 | NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS, |
||
3374 | NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM, |
||
3375 | NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, |
||
3376 | NL80211_BSS_STATUS, |
||
3377 | NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, |
||
3378 | NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, |
||
3379 | NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, |
||
3380 | NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, |
||
3381 | NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, |
||
3382 | |||
3383 | /* keep last */ |
||
3384 | __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, |
||
3385 | NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
||
3386 | }; |
||
3387 | |||
3388 | /** |
||
3389 | * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" |
||
3390 | * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. |
||
3391 | * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer |
||
3392 | * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with |
||
3393 | * a given BSS. |
||
3394 | * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. |
||
3395 | * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. |
||
3396 | * |
||
3397 | * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which |
||
3398 | * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. |
||
3399 | */ |
||
3400 | enum nl80211_bss_status { |
||
3401 | NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, |
||
3402 | NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED, |
||
3403 | NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED, |
||
3404 | }; |
||
3405 | |||
3406 | /** |
||
3407 | * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType |
||
3408 | * |
||
3409 | * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication |
||
3410 | * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) |
||
3411 | * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) |
||
3412 | * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) |
||
3413 | * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals |
||
3414 | * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal |
||
3415 | * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm |
||
3416 | * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by |
||
3417 | * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out |
||
3418 | * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands. |
||
3419 | */ |
||
3420 | enum nl80211_auth_type { |
||
3421 | NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM, |
||
3422 | NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, |
||
3423 | NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, |
||
3424 | NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, |
||
3425 | NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, |
||
3426 | |||
3427 | /* keep last */ |
||
3428 | __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, |
||
3429 | NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1, |
||
3430 | NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC |
||
3431 | }; |
||
3432 | |||
3433 | /** |
||
3434 | * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type |
||
3435 | * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key |
||
3436 | * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key |
||
3437 | * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) |
||
3438 | * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types |
||
3439 | */ |
||
3440 | enum nl80211_key_type { |
||
3441 | NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, |
||
3442 | NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, |
||
3443 | NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, |
||
3444 | |||
3445 | NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES |
||
3446 | }; |
||
3447 | |||
3448 | /** |
||
3449 | * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state |
||
3450 | * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used |
||
3451 | * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required |
||
3452 | */ |
||
3453 | enum nl80211_mfp { |
||
3454 | NL80211_MFP_NO, |
||
3455 | NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, |
||
3456 | }; |
||
3457 | |||
3458 | enum nl80211_wpa_versions { |
||
3459 | NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, |
||
3460 | NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, |
||
3461 | }; |
||
3462 | |||
3463 | /** |
||
3464 | * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types |
||
3465 | * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid |
||
3466 | * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default |
||
3467 | * unicast key |
||
3468 | * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default |
||
3469 | * multicast key |
||
3470 | * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types |
||
3471 | */ |
||
3472 | enum nl80211_key_default_types { |
||
3473 | __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, |
||
3474 | NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, |
||
3475 | NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, |
||
3476 | |||
3477 | NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES |
||
3478 | }; |
||
3479 | |||
3480 | /** |
||
3481 | * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes |
||
3482 | * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid |
||
3483 | * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of |
||
3484 | * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC |
||
3485 | * keys |
||
3486 | * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) |
||
3487 | * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 |
||
3488 | * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) |
||
3489 | * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and |
||
3490 | * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian |
||
3491 | * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key |
||
3492 | * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key |
||
3493 | * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not |
||
3494 | * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was |
||
3495 | * given with the command using the key or not (u32) |
||
3496 | * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags |
||
3497 | * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. |
||
3498 | * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. |
||
3499 | * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal |
||
3500 | * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute |
||
3501 | */ |
||
3502 | enum nl80211_key_attributes { |
||
3503 | __NL80211_KEY_INVALID, |
||
3504 | NL80211_KEY_DATA, |
||
3505 | NL80211_KEY_IDX, |
||
3506 | NL80211_KEY_CIPHER, |
||
3507 | NL80211_KEY_SEQ, |
||
3508 | NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, |
||
3509 | NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, |
||
3510 | NL80211_KEY_TYPE, |
||
3511 | NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, |
||
3512 | |||
3513 | /* keep last */ |
||
3514 | __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, |
||
3515 | NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
||
3516 | }; |
||
3517 | |||
3518 | /** |
||
3519 | * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes |
||
3520 | * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid |
||
3521 | * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection |
||
3522 | * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with |
||
3523 | * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most |
||
3524 | * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). |
||
3525 | * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection |
||
3526 | * in an array of MCS numbers. |
||
3527 | * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, |
||
3528 | * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht |
||
3529 | * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi |
||
3530 | * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal |
||
3531 | * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute |
||
3532 | */ |
||
3533 | enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { |
||
3534 | __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, |
||
3535 | NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, |
||
3536 | NL80211_TXRATE_HT, |
||
3537 | NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, |
||
3538 | NL80211_TXRATE_GI, |
||
3539 | |||
3540 | /* keep last */ |
||
3541 | __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, |
||
3542 | NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
||
3543 | }; |
||
3544 | |||
3545 | #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT |
||
3546 | #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 |
||
3547 | |||
3548 | /** |
||
3549 | * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap |
||
3550 | * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) |
||
3551 | */ |
||
3552 | struct nl80211_txrate_vht { |
||
3553 | __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; |
||
3554 | }; |
||
3555 | |||
3556 | enum nl80211_txrate_gi { |
||
3557 | NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, |
||
3558 | NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, |
||
3559 | NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, |
||
3560 | }; |
||
3561 | |||
3562 | /** |
||
3563 | * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band |
||
3564 | * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band |
||
3565 | * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) |
||
3566 | * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 64.80 GHz) |
||
3567 | */ |
||
3568 | enum nl80211_band { |
||
3569 | NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, |
||
3570 | NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, |
||
3571 | NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, |
||
3572 | }; |
||
3573 | |||
3574 | /** |
||
3575 | * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state |
||
3576 | * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled |
||
3577 | * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled |
||
3578 | */ |
||
3579 | enum nl80211_ps_state { |
||
3580 | NL80211_PS_DISABLED, |
||
3581 | NL80211_PS_ENABLED, |
||
3582 | }; |
||
3583 | |||
3584 | /** |
||
3585 | * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes |
||
3586 | * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid |
||
3587 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies |
||
3588 | * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero |
||
3589 | * to disable. |
||
3590 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies |
||
3591 | * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a |
||
3592 | * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). |
||
3593 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event |
||
3594 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many |
||
3595 | * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer |
||
3596 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures |
||
3597 | * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an |
||
3598 | * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and |
||
3599 | * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. |
||
3600 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given |
||
3601 | * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is |
||
3602 | * checked. |
||
3603 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic |
||
3604 | * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and |
||
3605 | * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an |
||
3606 | * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. |
||
3607 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon |
||
3608 | * loss event |
||
3609 | * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal |
||
3610 | * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute |
||
3611 | */ |
||
3612 | enum nl80211_attr_cqm { |
||
3613 | __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, |
||
3614 | NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, |
||
3615 | NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, |
||
3616 | NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, |
||
3617 | NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, |
||
3618 | NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, |
||
3619 | NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, |
||
3620 | NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, |
||
3621 | NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, |
||
3622 | |||
3623 | /* keep last */ |
||
3624 | __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, |
||
3625 | NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
||
3626 | }; |
||
3627 | |||
3628 | /** |
||
3629 | * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event |
||
3630 | * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the |
||
3631 | * configured threshold |
||
3632 | * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the |
||
3633 | * configured threshold |
||
3634 | * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) |
||
3635 | */ |
||
3636 | enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event { |
||
3637 | NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW, |
||
3638 | NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH, |
||
3639 | NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, |
||
3640 | }; |
||
3641 | |||
3642 | |||
3643 | /** |
||
3644 | * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment |
||
3645 | * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power |
||
3646 | * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter |
||
3647 | * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter |
||
3648 | */ |
||
3649 | enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { |
||
3650 | NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, |
||
3651 | NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, |
||
3652 | NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, |
||
3653 | }; |
||
3654 | |||
3655 | /** |
||
3656 | * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute |
||
3657 | * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute |
||
3658 | * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has |
||
3659 | * a zero bit are ignored |
||
3660 | * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have |
||
3661 | * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds |
||
3662 | * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are |
||
3663 | * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern |
||
3664 | * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. |
||
3665 | * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where |
||
3666 | * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of |
||
3667 | * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". |
||
3668 | * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not |
||
3669 | * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked |
||
3670 | * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. |
||
3671 | * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after |
||
3672 | * these fixed number of bytes of received packet |
||
3673 | * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes |
||
3674 | * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number |
||
3675 | */ |
||
3676 | enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { |
||
3677 | __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, |
||
3678 | NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, |
||
3679 | NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, |
||
3680 | NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, |
||
3681 | |||
3682 | NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, |
||
3683 | MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, |
||
3684 | }; |
||
3685 | |||
3686 | /** |
||
3687 | * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information |
||
3688 | * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported |
||
3689 | * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern |
||
3690 | * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern |
||
3691 | * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset |
||
3692 | * |
||
3693 | * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when |
||
3694 | * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in |
||
3695 | * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of |
||
3696 | * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given |
||
3697 | * by the kernel to userspace. |
||
3698 | */ |
||
3699 | struct nl80211_pattern_support { |
||
3700 | __u32 max_patterns; |
||
3701 | __u32 min_pattern_len; |
||
3702 | __u32 max_pattern_len; |
||
3703 | __u32 max_pkt_offset; |
||
3704 | } __attribute__((packed)); |
||
3705 | |||
3706 | /* only for backward compatibility */ |
||
3707 | #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID |
||
3708 | #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK |
||
3709 | #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN |
||
3710 | #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET |
||
3711 | #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT |
||
3712 | #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT |
||
3713 | #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support |
||
3714 | |||
3715 | /** |
||
3716 | * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions |
||
3717 | * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes |
||
3718 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put |
||
3719 | * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have |
||
3720 | * support for low-power operation already (flag) |
||
3721 | * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if |
||
3722 | * any others are even supported by the device. |
||
3723 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect |
||
3724 | * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) |
||
3725 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed |
||
3726 | * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) |
||
3727 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns |
||
3728 | * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute |
||
3729 | * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. |
||
3730 | * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with |
||
3731 | * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is |
||
3732 | * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the |
||
3733 | * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. |
||
3734 | * |
||
3735 | * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute |
||
3736 | * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. |
||
3737 | * |
||
3738 | * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based |
||
3739 | * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed |
||
3740 | * to the kernel when configuring. |
||
3741 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be |
||
3742 | * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported |
||
3743 | * by the device (flag) |
||
3744 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if |
||
3745 | * done by the device) (flag) |
||
3746 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request |
||
3747 | * packet (flag) |
||
3748 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) |
||
3749 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released |
||
3750 | * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) |
||
3751 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains |
||
3752 | * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame |
||
3753 | * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN |
||
3754 | * attribute contains the original length. |
||
3755 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 |
||
3756 | * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 |
||
3757 | * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. |
||
3758 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the |
||
3759 | * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may |
||
3760 | * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute |
||
3761 | * contains the original length. |
||
3762 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 |
||
3763 | * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 |
||
3764 | * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. |
||
3765 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section |
||
3766 | * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute |
||
3767 | * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive |
||
3768 | * the TCP connection. |
||
3769 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the |
||
3770 | * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection |
||
3771 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the |
||
3772 | * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established |
||
3773 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, |
||
3774 | * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the |
||
3775 | * service |
||
3776 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network |
||
3777 | * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the |
||
3778 | * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It |
||
3779 | * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the |
||
3780 | * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan |
||
3781 | * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This |
||
3782 | * attribute is also sent in a response to |
||
3783 | * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets |
||
3784 | * supported by the driver (u32). |
||
3785 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute |
||
3786 | * containing an array with information about what triggered the |
||
3787 | * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means |
||
3788 | * that the information is not available. If more than one |
||
3789 | * element is present, it means that more than one match |
||
3790 | * occurred. |
||
3791 | * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains |
||
3792 | * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional |
||
3793 | * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of |
||
3794 | * these attributes must be present. If |
||
3795 | * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one |
||
3796 | * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one |
||
3797 | * channel. |
||
3798 | * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers |
||
3799 | * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number |
||
3800 | * |
||
3801 | * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and |
||
3802 | * to report the wakeup reason(s). |
||
3803 | */ |
||
3804 | enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { |
||
3805 | __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, |
||
3806 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, |
||
3807 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, |
||
3808 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, |
||
3809 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, |
||
3810 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, |
||
3811 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, |
||
3812 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, |
||
3813 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, |
||
3814 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, |
||
3815 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, |
||
3816 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, |
||
3817 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, |
||
3818 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, |
||
3819 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, |
||
3820 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, |
||
3821 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, |
||
3822 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, |
||
3823 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, |
||
3824 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, |
||
3825 | |||
3826 | /* keep last */ |
||
3827 | NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, |
||
3828 | MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 |
||
3829 | }; |
||
3830 | |||
3831 | /** |
||
3832 | * DOC: TCP connection wakeup |
||
3833 | * |
||
3834 | * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a |
||
3835 | * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If |
||
3836 | * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given |
||
3837 | * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data |
||
3838 | * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. |
||
3839 | * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence |
||
3840 | * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also |
||
3841 | * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive |
||
3842 | * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. |
||
3843 | * |
||
3844 | * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the |
||
3845 | * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern |
||
3846 | * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the |
||
3847 | * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is |
||
3848 | * also woken up. |
||
3849 | * |
||
3850 | * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP |
||
3851 | * response packets might not go through correctly. |
||
3852 | */ |
||
3853 | |||
3854 | /** |
||
3855 | * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence |
||
3856 | * @start: starting value |
||
3857 | * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet |
||
3858 | * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 |
||
3859 | * |
||
3860 | * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the |
||
3861 | * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet |
||
3862 | * in little endian. |
||
3863 | */ |
||
3864 | struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { |
||
3865 | __u32 start, offset, len; |
||
3866 | }; |
||
3867 | |||
3868 | /** |
||
3869 | * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config |
||
3870 | * @offset: offset of token in packet |
||
3871 | * @len: length of each token |
||
3872 | * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must |
||
3873 | * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense |
||
3874 | */ |
||
3875 | struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { |
||
3876 | __u32 offset, len; |
||
3877 | __u8 token_stream[]; |
||
3878 | }; |
||
3879 | |||
3880 | /** |
||
3881 | * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features |
||
3882 | * @min_len: minimum token length |
||
3883 | * @max_len: maximum token length |
||
3884 | * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) |
||
3885 | */ |
||
3886 | struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { |
||
3887 | __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; |
||
3888 | }; |
||
3889 | |||
3890 | /** |
||
3891 | * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters |
||
3892 | * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes |
||
3893 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) |
||
3894 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address |
||
3895 | * (in network byte order) |
||
3896 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because |
||
3897 | * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, |
||
3898 | * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it |
||
3899 | * might require ARP querying. |
||
3900 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a |
||
3901 | * socket and port will be allocated |
||
3902 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) |
||
3903 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. |
||
3904 | * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length |
||
3905 | * of the data payload. |
||
3906 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration |
||
3907 | * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature |
||
3908 | * advertising it is just a flag |
||
3909 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, |
||
3910 | * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see |
||
3911 | * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. |
||
3912 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum |
||
3913 | * interval in feature advertising (u32) |
||
3914 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a |
||
3915 | * u32 attribute holding the maximum length |
||
3916 | * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for |
||
3917 | * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK |
||
3918 | * but on the TCP payload only. |
||
3919 | * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes |
||
3920 | * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number |
||
3921 | */ |
||
3922 | enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { |
||
3923 | __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, |
||
3924 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, |
||
3925 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, |
||
3926 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, |
||
3927 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, |
||
3928 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, |
||
3929 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, |
||
3930 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, |
||
3931 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, |
||
3932 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, |
||
3933 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, |
||
3934 | NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, |
||
3935 | |||
3936 | /* keep last */ |
||
3937 | NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, |
||
3938 | MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 |
||
3939 | }; |
||
3940 | |||
3941 | /** |
||
3942 | * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information |
||
3943 | * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported |
||
3944 | * @pat: packet pattern support information |
||
3945 | * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs |
||
3946 | * |
||
3947 | * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the |
||
3948 | * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. |
||
3949 | */ |
||
3950 | struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { |
||
3951 | __u32 max_rules; |
||
3952 | struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; |
||
3953 | __u32 max_delay; |
||
3954 | } __attribute__((packed)); |
||
3955 | |||
3956 | /** |
||
3957 | * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute |
||
3958 | * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute |
||
3959 | * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing |
||
3960 | * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, |
||
3961 | * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. |
||
3962 | * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched |
||
3963 | * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet |
||
3964 | * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes |
||
3965 | * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number |
||
3966 | */ |
||
3967 | enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { |
||
3968 | __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, |
||
3969 | NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, |
||
3970 | NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, |
||
3971 | NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, |
||
3972 | |||
3973 | /* keep last */ |
||
3974 | NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, |
||
3975 | NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 |
||
3976 | }; |
||
3977 | |||
3978 | /** |
||
3979 | * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions |
||
3980 | * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns |
||
3981 | * in a rule are matched. |
||
3982 | * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns |
||
3983 | * in a rule are not matched. |
||
3984 | */ |
||
3985 | enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { |
||
3986 | NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, |
||
3987 | NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH |
||
3988 | }; |
||
3989 | |||
3990 | /** |
||
3991 | * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes |
||
3992 | * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) |
||
3993 | * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that |
||
3994 | * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) |
||
3995 | * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a |
||
3996 | * flag attribute for each interface type in this set |
||
3997 | * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes |
||
3998 | * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number |
||
3999 | */ |
||
4000 | enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { |
||
4001 | NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, |
||
4002 | NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, |
||
4003 | NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, |
||
4004 | |||
4005 | /* keep last */ |
||
4006 | NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, |
||
4007 | MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 |
||
4008 | }; |
||
4009 | |||
4010 | /** |
||
4011 | * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes |
||
4012 | * |
||
4013 | * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) |
||
4014 | * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits |
||
4015 | * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. |
||
4016 | * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of |
||
4017 | * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't |
||
4018 | * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed |
||
4019 | * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. |
||
4020 | * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that |
||
4021 | * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for |
||
4022 | * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt |
||
4023 | * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. |
||
4024 | * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many |
||
4025 | * different channels may be used within this group. |
||
4026 | * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap |
||
4027 | * of supported channel widths for radar detection. |
||
4028 | * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap |
||
4029 | * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. |
||
4030 | * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes |
||
4031 | * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number |
||
4032 | * |
||
4033 | * Examples: |
||
4034 | * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 |
||
4035 | * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs |
||
4036 | * |
||
4037 | * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], channels = 1, max = 8 |
||
4038 | * => allows 8 of AP/GO |
||
4039 | * |
||
4040 | * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 |
||
4041 | * => allows two STAs on different channels |
||
4042 | * |
||
4043 | * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 |
||
4044 | * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces |
||
4045 | * |
||
4046 | * The list of these four possiblities could completely be contained |
||
4047 | * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate |
||
4048 | * that any of these groups must match. |
||
4049 | * |
||
4050 | * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, |
||
4051 | * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always |
||
4052 | * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid |
||
4053 | * interface type, the following group always exists: |
||
4054 | * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 |
||
4055 | */ |
||
4056 | enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { |
||
4057 | NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, |
||
4058 | NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, |
||
4059 | NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, |
||
4060 | NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, |
||
4061 | NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, |
||
4062 | NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, |
||
4063 | NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, |
||
4064 | |||
4065 | /* keep last */ |
||
4066 | NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, |
||
4067 | MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 |
||
4068 | }; |
||
4069 | |||
4070 | |||
4071 | /** |
||
4072 | * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine |
||
4073 | * |
||
4074 | * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit |
||
4075 | * state of non existant mesh peer links |
||
4076 | * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to |
||
4077 | * this mesh peer |
||
4078 | * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received |
||
4079 | * from this mesh peer |
||
4080 | * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been |
||
4081 | * received from this mesh peer |
||
4082 | * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established |
||
4083 | * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled |
||
4084 | * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh |
||
4085 | * plink are discarded |
||
4086 | * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states |
||
4087 | * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states |
||
4088 | */ |
||
4089 | enum nl80211_plink_state { |
||
4090 | NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, |
||
4091 | NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, |
||
4092 | NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, |
||
4093 | NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, |
||
4094 | NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, |
||
4095 | NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, |
||
4096 | NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, |
||
4097 | |||
4098 | /* keep last */ |
||
4099 | NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, |
||
4100 | MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 |
||
4101 | }; |
||
4102 | |||
4103 | /** |
||
4104 | * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers |
||
4105 | * |
||
4106 | * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action |
||
4107 | * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment |
||
4108 | * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer |
||
4109 | * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions |
||
4110 | */ |
||
4111 | enum plink_actions { |
||
4112 | NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, |
||
4113 | NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, |
||
4114 | NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, |
||
4115 | |||
4116 | NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, |
||
4117 | }; |
||
4118 | |||
4119 | |||
4120 | #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 |
||
4121 | #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 |
||
4122 | #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 |
||
4123 | |||
4124 | /** |
||
4125 | * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload |
||
4126 | * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes |
||
4127 | * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) |
||
4128 | * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) |
||
4129 | * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) |
||
4130 | * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) |
||
4131 | * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) |
||
4132 | */ |
||
4133 | enum nl80211_rekey_data { |
||
4134 | __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, |
||
4135 | NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, |
||
4136 | NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, |
||
4137 | NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, |
||
4138 | |||
4139 | /* keep last */ |
||
4140 | NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, |
||
4141 | MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 |
||
4142 | }; |
||
4143 | |||
4144 | /** |
||
4145 | * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID |
||
4146 | * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in |
||
4147 | * Beacon frames) |
||
4148 | * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element |
||
4149 | * in Beacon frames |
||
4150 | * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID |
||
4151 | * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID |
||
4152 | */ |
||
4153 | enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { |
||
4154 | NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, |
||
4155 | NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, |
||
4156 | NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS |
||
4157 | }; |
||
4158 | |||
4159 | /** |
||
4160 | * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes |
||
4161 | * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute |
||
4162 | * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format |
||
4163 | * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. |
||
4164 | * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same |
||
4165 | * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). |
||
4166 | * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal |
||
4167 | * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute |
||
4168 | */ |
||
4169 | enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { |
||
4170 | __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, |
||
4171 | NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, |
||
4172 | NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, |
||
4173 | |||
4174 | /* keep last */ |
||
4175 | __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, |
||
4176 | NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
||
4177 | }; |
||
4178 | |||
4179 | /** |
||
4180 | * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates |
||
4181 | * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes |
||
4182 | * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher |
||
4183 | * priority) |
||
4184 | * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) |
||
4185 | * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) |
||
4186 | * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes |
||
4187 | * (internal) |
||
4188 | * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute |
||
4189 | * (internal) |
||
4190 | */ |
||
4191 | enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { |
||
4192 | __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, |
||
4193 | NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, |
||
4194 | NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, |
||
4195 | NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, |
||
4196 | |||
4197 | /* keep last */ |
||
4198 | NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, |
||
4199 | MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 |
||
4200 | }; |
||
4201 | |||
4202 | /** |
||
4203 | * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION |
||
4204 | * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request |
||
4205 | * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link |
||
4206 | * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established |
||
4207 | * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link |
||
4208 | * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link |
||
4209 | */ |
||
4210 | enum nl80211_tdls_operation { |
||
4211 | NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, |
||
4212 | NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, |
||
4213 | NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, |
||
4214 | NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, |
||
4215 | NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, |
||
4216 | }; |
||
4217 | |||
4218 | /* |
||
4219 | * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features |
||
4220 | * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in |
||
4221 | * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet. |
||
4222 | enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { |
||
4223 | }; |
||
4224 | */ |
||
4225 | |||
4226 | /** |
||
4227 | * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features |
||
4228 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back |
||
4229 | * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the |
||
4230 | * socket option. |
||
4231 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. |
||
4232 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up |
||
4233 | * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. |
||
4234 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested |
||
4235 | * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from |
||
4236 | * cellular base stations. |
||
4237 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only |
||
4238 | * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) |
||
4239 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of |
||
4240 | * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station |
||
4241 | * mode |
||
4242 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan |
||
4243 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported |
||
4244 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif |
||
4245 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting |
||
4246 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform |
||
4247 | * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only |
||
4248 | * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. |
||
4249 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window |
||
4250 | * setting |
||
4251 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic |
||
4252 | * powersave |
||
4253 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state |
||
4254 | * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver |
||
4255 | * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding |
||
4256 | * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated |
||
4257 | * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag |
||
4258 | * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply |
||
4259 | * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized |
||
4260 | * states using station flags. |
||
4261 | * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add |
||
4262 | * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated |
||
4263 | * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. |
||
4264 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits |
||
4265 | * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set |
||
4266 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh |
||
4267 | * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for |
||
4268 | * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is |
||
4269 | * still generated by the driver. |
||
4270 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor |
||
4271 | * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor |
||
4272 | * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming |
||
4273 | * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. |
||
4274 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic |
||
4275 | * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the |
||
4276 | * lifetime of a BSS. |
||
4277 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter |
||
4278 | * Set IE to probe requests. |
||
4279 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE |
||
4280 | * to probe requests. |
||
4281 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period |
||
4282 | * requests sent to it by an AP. |
||
4283 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the |
||
4284 | * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum |
||
4285 | * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link |
||
4286 | * Measurement Report action frame. |
||
4287 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout |
||
4288 | * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used |
||
4289 | * to enable dynack. |
||
4290 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial |
||
4291 | * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain |
||
4292 | * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. |
||
4293 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial |
||
4294 | * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain |
||
4295 | * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, |
||
4296 | * rts/cts handshake. |
||
4297 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM |
||
4298 | * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS |
||
4299 | * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it |
||
4300 | * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. |
||
4301 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring |
||
4302 | * the vif's MAC address upon creation. |
||
4303 | * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). |
||
4304 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when |
||
4305 | * operating as a TDLS peer. |
||
4306 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a |
||
4307 | * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the |
||
4308 | * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC |
||
4309 | * address mask/value will be used. |
||
4310 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports |
||
4311 | * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled |
||
4312 | * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may |
||
4313 | * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. |
||
4314 | * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a |
||
4315 | * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. |
||
4316 | * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may |
||
4317 | * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. |
||
4318 | */ |
||
4319 | enum nl80211_feature_flags { |
||
4320 | NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, |
||
4321 | NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, |
||
4322 | NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, |
||
4323 | NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, |
||
4324 | NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, |
||
4325 | NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, |
||
4326 | NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, |
||
4327 | NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, |
||
4328 | NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, |
||
4329 | NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, |
||
4330 | NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, |
||
4331 | NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, |
||
4332 | NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, |
||
4333 | /* bit 13 is reserved */ |
||
4334 | NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, |
||
4335 | NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, |
||
4336 | NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, |
||
4337 | NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, |
||
4338 | NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, |
||
4339 | NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, |
||
4340 | NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, |
||
4341 | NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, |
||
4342 | NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, |
||
4343 | NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, |
||
4344 | NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, |
||
4345 | NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, |
||
4346 | NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, |
||
4347 | NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, |
||
4348 | NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, |
||
4349 | NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, |
||
4350 | NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, |
||
4351 | NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 31, |
||
4352 | }; |
||
4353 | |||
4354 | /** |
||
4355 | * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. |
||
4356 | * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. |
||
4357 | * |
||
4358 | * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. |
||
4359 | * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. |
||
4360 | */ |
||
4361 | enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { |
||
4362 | NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, |
||
4363 | |||
4364 | /* add new features before the definition below */ |
||
4365 | NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, |
||
4366 | MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 |
||
4367 | }; |
||
4368 | |||
4369 | /** |
||
4370 | * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported |
||
4371 | * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. |
||
4372 | * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. |
||
4373 | * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported |
||
4374 | * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a |
||
4375 | * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded |
||
4376 | * to the host. |
||
4377 | * |
||
4378 | * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 |
||
4379 | * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 |
||
4380 | * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P |
||
4381 | * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u |
||
4382 | */ |
||
4383 | enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { |
||
4384 | NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, |
||
4385 | NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, |
||
4386 | NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, |
||
4387 | NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, |
||
4388 | }; |
||
4389 | |||
4390 | /** |
||
4391 | * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons |
||
4392 | * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be |
||
4393 | * handled by the AP is reached. |
||
4394 | * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. |
||
4395 | */ |
||
4396 | enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { |
||
4397 | NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, |
||
4398 | NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, |
||
4399 | }; |
||
4400 | |||
4401 | /** |
||
4402 | * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags |
||
4403 | * |
||
4404 | * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling |
||
4405 | * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN |
||
4406 | * requests. |
||
4407 | * |
||
4408 | * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority |
||
4409 | * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning |
||
4410 | * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured |
||
4411 | * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is |
||
4412 | * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames |
||
4413 | * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only |
||
4414 | * when really needed |
||
4415 | * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or |
||
4416 | * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the |
||
4417 | * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and |
||
4418 | * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only |
||
4419 | * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder |
||
4420 | * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, |
||
4421 | * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. |
||
4422 | * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check |
||
4423 | * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. |
||
4424 | */ |
||
4425 | enum nl80211_scan_flags { |
||
4426 | NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, |
||
4427 | NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, |
||
4428 | NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, |
||
4429 | NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, |
||
4430 | }; |
||
4431 | |||
4432 | /** |
||
4433 | * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy |
||
4434 | * |
||
4435 | * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by |
||
4436 | * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to |
||
4437 | * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. |
||
4438 | * |
||
4439 | * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are |
||
4440 | * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed |
||
4441 | * in ACL to authenticate. |
||
4442 | * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed |
||
4443 | * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. |
||
4444 | */ |
||
4445 | enum nl80211_acl_policy { |
||
4446 | NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, |
||
4447 | NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, |
||
4448 | }; |
||
4449 | |||
4450 | /** |
||
4451 | * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode |
||
4452 | * |
||
4453 | * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) |
||
4454 | * |
||
4455 | * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). |
||
4456 | * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) |
||
4457 | * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and |
||
4458 | * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). |
||
4459 | */ |
||
4460 | enum nl80211_smps_mode { |
||
4461 | NL80211_SMPS_OFF, |
||
4462 | NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, |
||
4463 | NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, |
||
4464 | |||
4465 | __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, |
||
4466 | NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 |
||
4467 | }; |
||
4468 | |||
4469 | /** |
||
4470 | * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation |
||
4471 | * |
||
4472 | * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace |
||
4473 | * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) |
||
4474 | * |
||
4475 | * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is |
||
4476 | * now unusable. |
||
4477 | * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, |
||
4478 | * the channel is now available. |
||
4479 | * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no |
||
4480 | * change to the channel status. |
||
4481 | * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is |
||
4482 | * over, channel becomes usable. |
||
4483 | */ |
||
4484 | enum nl80211_radar_event { |
||
4485 | NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, |
||
4486 | NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, |
||
4487 | NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, |
||
4488 | NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, |
||
4489 | }; |
||
4490 | |||
4491 | /** |
||
4492 | * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels |
||
4493 | * |
||
4494 | * Channel states used by the DFS code. |
||
4495 | * |
||
4496 | * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability |
||
4497 | * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. |
||
4498 | * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it |
||
4499 | * is therefore marked as not available. |
||
4500 | * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. |
||
4501 | */ |
||
4502 | enum nl80211_dfs_state { |
||
4503 | NL80211_DFS_USABLE, |
||
4504 | NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, |
||
4505 | NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, |
||
4506 | }; |
||
4507 | |||
4508 | /** |
||
4509 | * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features |
||
4510 | * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting |
||
4511 | * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute |
||
4512 | * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the |
||
4513 | * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or |
||
4514 | * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. |
||
4515 | */ |
||
4516 | enum nl80211_protocol_features { |
||
4517 | NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, |
||
4518 | }; |
||
4519 | |||
4520 | /** |
||
4521 | * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers |
||
4522 | * |
||
4523 | * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. |
||
4524 | * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. |
||
4525 | * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. |
||
4526 | * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. |
||
4527 | * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. |
||
4528 | */ |
||
4529 | enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { |
||
4530 | NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, |
||
4531 | NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, |
||
4532 | NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, |
||
4533 | NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, |
||
4534 | /* add other protocols before this one */ |
||
4535 | NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO |
||
4536 | }; |
||
4537 | |||
4538 | /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ |
||
4539 | #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ |
||
4540 | |||
4541 | /** |
||
4542 | * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. |
||
4543 | * |
||
4544 | * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() |
||
4545 | * |
||
4546 | * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. |
||
4547 | */ |
||
4548 | enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { |
||
4549 | NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, |
||
4550 | }; |
||
4551 | |||
4552 | /* |
||
4553 | * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set |
||
4554 | * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated |
||
4555 | * yet, so that's not valid so far) |
||
4556 | */ |
||
4557 | #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 |
||
4558 | |||
4559 | /** |
||
4560 | * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data |
||
4561 | * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the |
||
4562 | * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID |
||
4563 | * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be |
||
4564 | * added to this file when needed. |
||
4565 | * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command |
||
4566 | */ |
||
4567 | struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { |
||
4568 | __u32 vendor_id; |
||
4569 | __u32 subcmd; |
||
4570 | }; |
||
4571 | |||
4572 | /** |
||
4573 | * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. |
||
4574 | * |
||
4575 | * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need |
||
4576 | * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. |
||
4577 | * |
||
4578 | * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. |
||
4579 | * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. |
||
4580 | * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. |
||
4581 | */ |
||
4582 | enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { |
||
4583 | NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, |
||
4584 | NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, |
||
4585 | NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, |
||
4586 | }; |
||
4587 | |||
4588 | #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ |